2004-Infiniti-I35

FOREWORD

Your INFINITI represents a new way of thinkingabout vehicle design. It integrates advanced engi-neering and superior craftsmanship with a simple,refined aesthetic sensitivity associated with tradi-tional Japanese culture.

The result is a different notion of luxury and beauty.The car itself is important, but so also is the senseof harmony that the vehicle evokes in its driver, andthe sense of satisfaction you feel with the INFINITI—from the way it looks and drives to the high levelof dealer service.

To ensure that you enjoy your INFINITI to thefullest, we encourage you to read this Owner’sManual immediately. It explains all of the features,controls and performance characteristics of yourINFINITI; it also provides important instructions andsafety information.

A separate Warranty Information Booklet isto be found in your Owner’s literature port-folio. Always carry it with you when you takeyour INFINITI to an dealer. The portfoliocontents provide complete informationabout all warranties covering this vehicle,the periodic maintenance required to keepthe warranties in effect as well as theINFINITI Roadside Assistance program.

Additionally, a separate Customer Care andLemon Law Information Booklet will explainhow to resolve any concerns you may havewith your vehicle, as well as clarify yourrights under your state’s lemon law.

INFINITI is dedicated to providing a satisfyingownership experience for as long as you own yourcar. Should you have any questions regarding yourINFINITI or your INFINITI dealer, please contact ourConsumer Affairs department at 1-800-662-6200.In Hawaii 1-808-836-0848 (Oahu number). InCanada 1-800-361-4792. Thank you.

READ FIRST — THEN DRIVESAFELYBefore driving your vehicle please read yourOwner’s Manual carefully. This will ensurefamiliarity with controls and maintenance re-quirements, assisting you in the safe opera-tion of your vehicle.

WARNING

IMPORTANT SAFETYINFORMATIONREMINDERS FOR SAFETY!

Follow these important driving rulesto help ensure a safe and comfort-able trip for you and your passen-gers!

O Never drive under the influence ofalcohol or drugs.

O Always observe posted speedlimits and never drive too fast forconditions.

O Always use your seat belts andappropriate child restraint sys-tems. Preteen children should beseated in the rear seat.

O Always provide information aboutthe proper use of vehicle safety

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

features to all occupants of thevehicle.

O Always review this Owner’sManual for important safety infor-mation.

MODIFICATION OF YOURVEHICLE

This vehicle should not be modified.Modification could affect its perfor-mance, safety or durability, and mayeven violate governmental regula-tions. In addition, damage or perfor-mance problems resulting frommodification may not be coveredunder INFINITI warranties.

WHEN READING THEMANUALThis manual includes information for alloptions available on this model. There-

fore, you may find some informationthat does not apply to your vehicle.

All information, specifications and illustra-tions in this manual are those in effect at thetime of printing. INFINITI reserves the right tochange specifications or design at any timewithout notice.

IMPORTANT INFORMATIONABOUT THIS MANUALYou will see various symbols in this manual.They are used in the following ways:

WARNING

This is used to indicate the presenceof a hazard that could cause death orserious personal injury. To avoid orreduce the risk, the procedures mustbe followed precisely.

CAUTION

This is used to indicate the presenceof a hazard that could cause minor ormoderate personal injury or damageto your vehicle. To avoid or reducethe risk, the procedures must be fol-lowed carefully.

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

If you see this symbol, it means Do not dothis or Do not let this happen.

If you see a symbol similar to these in anillustration, it means the arrow points to thefront of the vehicle.

Arrows in an illustration that are similar tothese indicate movement or action.

© 2003 NISSAN MOTOR CO., LTD.TOKYO, JAPAN

All rights reserved. No part of this Owner’s Manual may bereproduced or stored in a retrieval system, or transmittedin any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical,photocopying, recording or otherwise, without the priorwritten permission of Nissan Motor Co., Ltd.

CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION65 WARNING

WARNING

Engine Exhaust, some of its constitu-ents, and certain vehicle componentscontain or emit chemicals known tothe State of California to cause can-cer and birth defects or other repro-ductive harm. In addition, certain flu-ids contained in vehicles and certainproducts of component wear containor emit chemicals known to the Stateof California to cause cancer andbirth defects or other reproductiveharm.

SII0151

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

TABLE OF CONTENTS

ILLUSTRATED TABLE OF CONTENTS .................................................... 0-1

SEATS, RESTRAINTS AND SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG SYSTEMS ................... 1-1

INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS .......................................................... 2-1

PRE-DRIVING CHECKS AND ADJUSTMENTS............................................ 3-1

HEATER, AIR CONDITIONER AND AUDIO SYSTEMS .................................. 4-1

STARTING AND DRIVING................................................................... 5-1

IN CASE OF EMERGENCY .................................................................. 6-1

APPEARANCE AND CARE................................................................... 7-1

MAINTENANCE AND DO-IT-YOURSELF .................................................. 8-1

TECHNICAL AND CONSUMER INFORMATION........................................... 9-1

INDEX ........................................................................................ 10-1

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

0 ILLUSTRATED TABLE OF CONTENTS

Exterior front................................................ 0-2Exterior rear................................................. 0-3Instrument panel ......................................... 0-4Meters and gauges ...................................... 0-5Engine compartment locations.................... 0-6

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

EXTERIOR FRONT 1. Engine hood (Page 3-10)

2. Headlight and turn signal switch (P .2-17)

3. Replacing bulbs (P .8-28)

4. Windshield wiper and washer switch(P .2-16)

5. Windshield (P .8-20)

6. Sunroof (P .2-31)

7. Mirrors (P .3-16)

8. Power windows (P .2-29)

9. Tires

10. Door locks, keyfob, keys (P .3-2)

11. Child safety locks (P .3-4)

12. Fuel filler lid (P .3-13)

SIX0001

ILLUSTRATED TABLE OF CONTENTS

0-2

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

EXTERIOR REAR 1. Trunk lid (P .3-11)

2. Secondary trunk lid release (P .3-12)

3. Rear sun shade (P .2-33)

4. Rear window defroster switch (P .2-17)

5. Replacing bulbs (P .8-28)

6. Child safety locks (P .3-4)

SIX0002


0-3

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

1. Outside mirror remote control (P .3-18)2. Headlight and turn signal switch

(P .2-17)/Front fog light switch (P .2-21)3. Security indicator light (P .2-14)4. Instrument brightness control switch

(P .2-19)5. Meters/gauges (P .2-3)6. Cruise control main/set switch (P .5-13)7. Traction control (TCS) or Vehicle dynamic

control (VDC) OFF switch (if so equipped)(P .2-24)

8. Windshield wiper/washer switch (P .2-16)9. Center ventilator (P .4-2)10. Audio system (P .4-7) and navigation

control*11. Clock (P .2-34)12. Automatic air conditioner (P .4-3)13. Navigation system*14. Front passenger supplemental air bag

(P .1-7)15. Side ventilator (P .4-2)16. Cup holder (P .2-26)17. Automatic drive position system cancel

switch (P .3-21)SII0362

INSTRUMENT PANEL


0-4

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

18. Fuse box cover (P .8-25)19. Hood release handle (P .3-10)20. Heated steering switch (P .2-23)21. Steering switch for audio control

(P .4-27)and trip computer (P .2-35)

22. Tilting steering wheel lock lever (P .3-15)23. Driver supplemental air bag (P .1-7)24. Ignition switch/steering lock (P .5-5)25. Hazard warning flasher switch (P .2-21)26. Rear sun shade control switch (P .2-33)27. Heated seat switch (if so equipped)

(P .2-22)28. Cigarette lighter (P .2-25)29. Ashtray (P .2-25)30. Rear window and outside door mirror

defogger switch (P .2-17)31. Glove box (P .2-27)

*: Refer to the separate Navigation SystemOwner’s Manual. (if so equipped)

1. Warning/Indicator lights (P .2-7)

2. Speedometer (P .2-4)

3. Tachometer (P .2-4)

4. Fuel gauge (P .2-5)

5. Engine coolant temperature gauge (P .2-5)

6. A/T indicator (P .5-9)

7. Reset knob for trip odometer (P .2-4)

8. Odometer (Total/twin trip) (P .2-4)

9. Display for trip computer (P .2-4)

SII0363

METERS AND GAUGES


0-5

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

ENGINE COMPARTMENTLOCATIONS

1. Power steering fluid reservoir (P .8-16)

2. Engine oil filler cap (P .8-12)

3. Ignition coils (spark plugs) (P .8-19)

4. Automatic transmission fluid dipstick(P .8-14)

5. Brake fluid reservoir (P .8-16)

6. Air cleaner (P .8-20)

7. Engine coolant reservoir (P .8-9)

8. Windshield washer fluid reservoir (P .8-17)

9. Engine oil dipstick (P .8-11)

10. Ignition coils (spark plugs) (P .8-19)

11. Radiator cap (P .8-10)

12. Battery (P .8-17)

13. Fuse/fusible link holder (P .8-23)

SIX0003


0-6

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

1 SEATS, RESTRAINTS AND SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG SYSTEMS

Seats............................................................ 1-2Front power seat adjustment ................. 1-3Folding rear seat .................................... 1-4Head restraint adjustment ...................... 1-5Active head restraint (Front seats)......... 1-6Armrest................................................... 1-7

Supplemental restraint system.................... 1-7Precautions on supplemental restraintsystem.................................................... 1-7Supplemental air bag warning labels... 1-20Supplemental air bag warning light..... 1-20

Seat belts .................................................. 1-22Precautions on seat belt usage ........... 1-22Child safety........................................... 1-26

Pregnant women .................................. 1-27Injured persons .................................... 1-28Three-point type seat belt withretractor................................................ 1-28Seat belt extenders .............................. 1-31Seat belt maintenance ......................... 1-32

Child restraints .......................................... 1-32Precautions on child restraints ............ 1-32Installation on rear seat center or outboardpositions............................................... 1-34LATCH (Lower Anchors and Tethers forCHildren) system.................................. 1-39Top tether strap child restraint ........... 1-41Installation on front passenger seat.... 1-42

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

SEATS

WARNING

O Do not ride in a moving vehiclewhen the seatback is reclined.This can be dangerous. The

shoulder belt will not be againstyour body. In an accident youcould be thrown into it and receiveneck or other serious injuries. Youcould also slide under the lap

belt and receive serious internalinjuries.

O For most effective protectionwhen the vehicle is in motion, theseat should be upright. Always sitwell back in the seat and adjustthe seat belt properly. See “Pre-cautions on seat belt usage” laterin this section.

SIR0091

SEATS, RESTRAINTS AND SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG SYSTEMS

1-2

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

FRONT POWER SEAT ADJUST-MENT

WARNING

O Do not adjust the driver’s seatwhile driving so full attention maybe given to vehicle operation.

O Do not leave children unattendedinside the vehicle. They couldunknowingly activate switches orcontrols. Unattended childrencould become involved in seriousaccidents.

For memory seat information see “Auto-matic drive positioner” in the “3. Pre-drivingchecks and adjustments” section.

Operating tips

O The motor has an auto-reset overloadprotection circuit. If the motor stops during

operation, wait 30 seconds, then reactivatethe switch.

O Do not operate the power seat for a longperiod of time when the engine is off. Thiswill discharge the battery.

Forward and backward

Moving the switch forward or backward willslide the seat forward or backward to thedesired position.

Reclining

Move the recline switch backward until thedesired angle is obtained. To bring the seat-back forward again, move the switch forwardand move your body forward. The seatbackwill move forward.

The reclining feature allows adjustment of theseatback for occupants of different sizes tohelp obtain proper seat belt fit. (See “Precau-tions on seat belt usage” later in this section.)Also, the seatback may be reclined to allowoccupants to rest when the vehicle is parked.

SIR0109

SIR0110


1-3

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

Seat lifter (Driver’s seat)

Push the front or rear end of the switch toadjust the angle and height of the seatcushion.

Lumbar support (Driver’s seat)

The lumbar support feature provides lowerback support to the driver. Move the lever upor down to adjust the seat lumbar area.

FOLDING REAR SEAT

Interior trunk access

SIR0133 SIP0117

SIR0156


1-4

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

Pull up on the release knob to access thetrunk from the rear seat.

The rear seats can be locked using themaster key to prevent unauthorized ac-cess.

WARNING

O When returning the seatbacks tothe upright position, be certainthat they are completely securedin the latched position. If they arenot completely secured, passen-gers may be injured in an accidentor sudden stop.

O Never allow anyone to ride in theluggage area or on the rear seatwhen it is in the fold-down posi-tion. Use of these areas by pas-sengers without proper restraint

can be extremely dangerous in anaccident or sudden stop.

O Properly secure all cargo to helpprevent it from sliding or shifting.Do not place cargo higher thanthe seatbacks. In a sudden stop orcollision, unsecured cargo couldcause personal injury.

O Closely supervise children whenthey are around cars to preventthem from playing and becominglocked in the trunk where theycould be seriously injured. Keepthe car locked with the rear seat-back securely latched when not inuse, and prevent children’s ac-cess to car keys.

HEAD RESTRAINT ADJUST-MENT

WARNING

Head restraints should be adjustedproperly as they may provide signifi-cant protection against injury in anaccident. Do not remove them. Checkthe adjustment after someone elseuses the seat.

SIR0088B


1-5

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

To raise the head restraint, simply pull it up.To lower, push the lock knob and push thehead restraint down.

Adjust the head restraints so the center is levelwith the center of your ears.

ACTIVE HEAD RESTRAINT(Front seats)

WARNING

O Always adjust the head restraintsproperly as specified in the previ-ous section. Failure to do so canreduce the effectiveness of the ac-tive head restraint.

O Active head restraints are de-signed to supplement other safetysystems. Always wear seat belts.No system can prevent all injuriesin any accident.

O Do not attach anything to the headrestraint stalks. Doing so couldimpair active head restraint func-tion.

The head restraint moves forward utilizing theforce that the seatback receives from theoccupant in a rear-end collision. The move-ment of the head restraint helps support theoccupant’s head by reducing its backwardmovement and helping absorb some of theforces that may lead to whiplash type injuries.

Active head restraints are effective for colli-sions at low to medium speeds in which it issaid that whiplash injury occurs most.

SIR0144

SIR0113


1-6

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

Active head restraints operate only in certainrear-end collisions. After the collision, thehead restraints return to their original posi-tions.

Properly adjust the active head restraints asdescribed in the previous section.

ARMREST

Pull the armrest forward until it is horizontal.

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINTSYSTEM

PRECAUTIONS ON SUPPLE-MENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM

This Supplemental Restraint System (SRS)section contains important information con-cerning the driver and passenger supplemen-tal front air bags and supplemental side airbags and pre-tensioner seat belt.Supplemental front air bag system: Thissystem can help cushion the impact force tothe face and chest of the driver and frontpassenger in certain frontal collisions.Supplemental side-impact air bag sys-tem: This system can help cushion theimpact force to the head and the chest area ofthe driver and front passenger in certain sideimpact collisions. The supplemental side airbag is designed to inflate on the side wherethe vehicle is impacted.

These supplemental restraint systems are de-

SIR0067


1-7

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

signed to supplement the crash protectionprovided by the driver and front passengerseat belts and are not a substitute for them.Seat belts should always be correctly wornand the driver and front passenger seated asuitable distance away from the steeringwheel, instrument panel and front door finish-ers. (See “Seat belts” later in this section forinstructions and precautions on seat beltusage.)

After turning the ignition key to the ONposition, the supplemental air bagwarning light illuminates. The supple-mental air bag warning light will turn offafter about 7 seconds if the system is op-erational.

WARNING

O The supplemental front air bagsordinarily will not inflate in theevent of a side impact, rear im-

pact, roll over, or lower severityfrontal collision. Always wearyour seat belts to help reduce therisk or severity of injury in variouskinds of accidents.

SIR0092


1-8

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

O The seat belts and the supplemen-tal front air bags are most effec-tive when you are sitting well backand upright in the seat. Front airbags inflate with great force.

If you are unrestrained, leaningforward, sitting sideways or out ofposition in any way, you are atgreater risk of injury or death in acrash. You may also receive

serious or fatal injuries from thesupplemental front air bag if youare up against it when it inflates.Always sit back against the seat-back and as far away as practicalfrom the steering wheel or instru-ment panel. Always use the seatbelts.

O The driver and front passengerseat belt buckles are equippedwith sensors that detect if theseat belts are fastened. The airbag system monitors the severityof a collision and then inflates theair bags based on belt usage.Failure to properly wear seatbelts can increase the risk orseverity of injury in an accident.

O Keep hands on the outside of thesteering wheel. Placing them in-

SIR0093


1-9

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

side the steering wheel rim couldincrease the risk that they areinjured when the supplementalfront air bag inflates.

SIR0006

SIR0007 SIR0008


1-10

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

SIR0009 SIR0010 SIR0011


1-11

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

WARNING

O Never let children ride unre-strained or extend their hands orface out of the window. Do not at-tempt to hold them in your lap orarms. Some examples of danger-ous riding positions are shown inthe previous illustrations.

O Children may be severely injuredor killed when the supplementalfront air bag or supplemental sideair bag inflates if they are notproperly restrained. Preteens andchildren should be properly re-strained in the rear seat if pos-sible.

O Also never install a rear facingchild restraint in the front seat.

An inflating supplemental frontair bag could seriously injure orkill your child. For additional in-formation, see “Child restraints”later in this section.

WARNING

Supplemental side air bagO The supplemental side air bag

ordinarily will not inflate in the

SIR0059


1-12

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

event lower severity side colli-sion. Always wear your seat beltsto help reduce the risk or severityof injury in various kinds ofaccidents.

O The seat belts and the supplemen-tal side air bag are most effectivewhen you are sitting well back andupright in the seat. The side airbag inflates with great force. Donot allow anyone to place theirhand, leg or face near the side airbag on the side of the seatback ofthe front seat. Do not allow anyonesitting in the front seat to extendtheir hand out of the window orlean against the door. Some ex-amples of dangerous riding posi-tions are shown in the previousillustrations.

O When sitting in the rear seat, donot hold onto the seatback of thefront seat. If the supplementalside air bag inflates, you may beseriously injured. Be especially

SIR0094

SIR0121

SIR0122


1-13

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

careful with children, who shouldalways be properly restrained.

O Do not use seat covers on thefront seatbacks. They may inter-fere with supplemental side airbag inflation.

Supplemental front air bag sys-tem

The driver supplemental air bag is located inthe center of the steering wheel; the frontpassenger supplemental air bag is mounted inthe dashboard above the glove box. Thesesystems are designed to meet optional certi-

fication requirements under U.S. regulations.They are also permitted in Canada. Theoptional certification allows front air bags tobe designed to inflate somewhat less force-fully than previously. However, all of theinformation, cautions and warnings inthis manual still apply and must befollowed. The front air bags are designed to

SIR0137A


1-14

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

inflate in higher severity frontal collisions,although they may inflate if the forces inanother type of collision are similar to those ofa higher severity frontal impact. They may notinflate in certain frontal collisions. Vehicledamage (or lack of it) is not always anindication of proper supplemental air bagoperation.

The supplemental air bag system has dualstage inflators for both the driver and passen-ger air bags. The system monitors informationfrom the crash zone sensor, the diagnosissensor unit and seat belt buckle sensors thatdetect if the seat belts are fastened, inflatoroperation is based on the severity of acollision and whether the seat belts are beingused.

When the supplemental front air bag inflates,a fairly loud noise may be heard, followed byrelease of smoke. This smoke is not harmfuland does not indicate a fire. Care should betaken not to inhale it, as it may cause irritation

and choking. Those with a history of abreathing condition should get fresh airpromptly.

Supplemental front air bags, along with theuse of seat belts, help to cushion the impactforce on the face and chest of the frontoccupants. They can help save lives andreduce serious injuries. However, an inflatingfront air bag may cause facial abrasions orother injuries. Front air bags do not providerestraint to the lower body.

The seat belts should be correctly worn andthe driver and passenger seated upright as faras practical away from the steering wheel ordash board. The supplemental front air bagsinflate quickly in order to help protect the frontoccupants. Because of this, the force of thefront air bag inflating can increase the risk ofinjury if the occupant is too close to, or isagainst the air bag module during inflation.The air bag will deflate quickly after thecollision is over.


WARNING

O Do not place any objects on thesteering wheel pad or on the in-strument panel. Also, do not placeany objects between any occupantand the steering wheel or instru-ment panel. Such objects may be-come dangerous projectiles andcause injury if the supplementalfront air bag inflates.

O Right after inflation, several airbag system components will behot. Do not touch them; you may


1-15

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

severely burn yourself.

O No unauthorized changes shouldbe made to any components orwiring of the supplemental frontair bag system. This is to preventaccidental inflation of the air bagor damage to the air bag system.

O Do not make unauthorizedchanges to your vehicle’s electri-cal system, suspension system orfront end structure. This couldaffect proper operation of thesupplemental air bag system.

O Tampering with the supplementalfront air bag system may result inserious personal injury. Tamper-ing includes changes to the steer-ing wheel and the instrumentpanel assembly by placing mate-rial over the steering wheel pad

and above the dashboard, or byinstalling additional trim materialaround the air bag system.

O Work around and on the supple-mental front air bag systemshould be done by an INFINITIdealer. Installation of electricalequipment should also be doneby an INFINITI dealer. The SRSwiring harnesses* should not bemodified or disconnected. Unau-thorized electrical test equipmentand probing devices should notbe used on the air bag system.

* The SRS wiring harnesses arecovered with yellow insulation ei-ther just before the harness con-nectors or over the complete har-ness for easy identification.

O A cracked windshield should bereplaced immediately by a quali-fied repair facility. A crackedwindshield could affect inflationof the supplemental air bag sys-tem.

When selling your vehicle, we request that youinform the buyer about the supplemental frontair bag system and guide the buyer to theappropriate sections in this Owner’s Manual.

Supplemental side-impact air bagsystem

SIR0129


1-16

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

The supplemental side air bags are located inthe outside of the seatback of the front seats.The supplemental side air bag (on the driveror front passenger seat) is designed to inflatein higher severity side collisions, although itmay inflate if the forces in another type ofcollision are similar to those of a higherseverity side impact. It is designed to inflateon the side where the vehicle is impacted. Itmay not inflate in certain side collisions.Vehicle damage (or lack of it) is not always anindication of proper supplemental side air bagoperation.

When the supplemental side air bag inflates, afairly loud noise may be heard, followed byrelease of smoke. This smoke is not harmfuland does not indicate a fire. Care should betaken not to inhale it, as it may cause irritationand choking. Those with a history of abreathing condition should get fresh airpromptly.

Supplemental side air bags, along with theuse of seat belts, help to cushion the impactforce on the head and the chest of the frontoccupants. They can help save lives and

reduce serious injuries. However, an inflatingside air bag may cause abrasions or otherinjuries. Supplemental side air bags do notprovide restraint to the lower body.

The seat belts should be correctly worn andthe driver and passenger seated upright as faras practical away from supplemental side airbag. The side air bags inflate quickly in orderto help protect the front occupants. Because ofthis, the force of the side air bag inflating canincrease the risk of injury if the occupant istoo close to, or is against, the side air bagmodule during inflation. The side air bag willdeflate quickly after the collision is over.


WARNING

O Do not place any objects near theseatback of the front seats. Also,do not place any objects (an um-brella, bag, etc.) between thefront door finisher and the frontseat. Such objects may becomedangerous projectiles and causeinjury if the supplemental side airbag inflates.

O Right after inflation, severalsupplemental side air bag systemcomponents will be hot. Do nottouch them; you may severelyburn yourself.

O No unauthorized changes shouldbe made to any components orwiring of the supplemental side


1-17

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

air bag system. This is to preventaccidental inflation of the side airbag or damage to the side air bagsystem.

O Do not make unauthorizedchanges to your vehicle’s electri-cal system, suspension system orside panel. This could affectproper operation of the side airbag system.

O Tampering with the supplementalside air bag system may result inserious personal injury. For ex-ample, do not change the frontseat assembly by placing mate-rial near the seatback of the frontseat, or by installing additionaltrim material, such as seat cov-ers, around the side air bagsystem.

O Work around and on the supple-mental side air bag systemshould be done by an INFINITIdealer. Installation of electricalequipment should also be doneby an INFINITI dealer.The SRS wiring harnesses*should not be modified or discon-nected. Unauthorized electricaltest equipment and probing de-vices should not be used on theside air bag system.

* The SRS wiring harnesses arecovered with yellow insulation ei-ther just before the harness con-nectors or over the complete har-ness for easy identification.

When selling your vehicle, we request that youinform the buyer about the supplemental sideair bag system and guide the buyer to the

appropriate sections in this Owner’s Manual.

Pre-tensioner seat belt system(For front seats)

WARNING

O The pre-tensioner seat belt cannotbe reused after activation. It mustbe replaced together with the re-tractor as a unit.

O If the vehicle becomes involved ina frontal collision but the pre-tensioner is not activated, be sureto have the pre-tensioner systemchecked and, if necessary, re-placed by your INFINITI dealer.

O No unauthorized changes shouldbe made to any components orwiring of the pre-tensioner seatbelt system. This is to prevent


1-18

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

accidental activation of the pre-tensioner seat belt or damage tothe pre-tensioner seat belt opera-tion. Tampering with the pre-tensioner seat belt system mayresult in serious personal injury.

O Work around and on the pre-tensioner system should be doneby an INFINITI dealer. Installationof electrical equipment shouldalso be done by an INFINITIdealer. Unauthorized electricaltest equipment and probing de-vices should not be used on thepre-tensioner seat belt system.

O If you need to dispose of thepre-tensioner or scrap the ve-hicle, contact an INFINITI dealer.Correct pre-tensioner disposalprocedures are set forth in the

appropriate INFINITI ServiceManual. Incorrect disposal proce-dures could cause personal in-jury.

The front seat pre-tensioner seat belt systemactivates in conjunction with the supplementalfront air bag. Working with the seat beltretractor, it helps tighten the seat belt theinstant the vehicle becomes involved in cer-tain types of collisions, helping to restrainfront seat occupants.

The pre-tensioner is encased with the seatbelt’s retractor. These seat belts are used thesame as conventional seat belts.

When the pre-tensioner seat belt activates,smoke is released and a loud noise may beheard. The smoke is not harmful, but careshould be taken not to inhale it as it maycause irritation and choking. Those with a

history of a breathing condition should getfresh air promptly.

If any abnormality occurs in the pre-tensionersystem, the supplemental air bag warninglight will not come on, will flash inter-mittently or will turn on for 7 seconds andremain on after the ignition key has beenturned to the ON or START position. In thiscase, the pre-tensioner seat belt may notfunction properly.

When selling your vehicle, we request that youinform the buyer about the pre-tensioner seatbelt system and guide the buyer to theappropriate sections in this Owner’s Manual.


1-19

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAGWARNING LABELS

Warning labels about the supplemental airbag system are placed in the vehicle as shownin the illustration.

SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAGWARNING LIGHT

The supplemental air bag warning light, dis-playing in the instrument panel, moni-tors the circuits of the supplemental front airbag system, supplemental side air bag sys-tem, and pre-tensioner seat belt. The circuitsmonitored by the air bag warning light are thediagnosis sensor unit, satellite sensors, frontair bag modules, side air bag modules and allrelated wiring, and pre-tensioner seat belt.

After turning the ignition key to the ON

SIR0096D

SIR0132


1-20

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

position, the supplemental air bag warninglight illuminates. The supplemental air bagwarning light will turn off after about 7seconds if the system is operational.

If any of the following conditions occur, thesupplemental front air bag system, supple-mental side air bag system, and pre-tensionerseat belt need servicing:

O The supplemental air bag warning lightremains on after approximately 7 seconds.

O The supplemental air bag warning lightflashes intermittently.

O The supplemental air bag warning lightdoes not come on at all.

Under these conditions, the supplementalfront air bags, supplemental side air bagsand/or pre-tensioner seat belt may not operateproperly. They must be checked and repaired.Take your vehicle to the nearest authorizedINFINITI dealer.

WARNING

If the supplemental air bag warninglight is on, it could mean that thesupplemental front air bag system,supplemental side air bag systemand/or pre-tensioner seat belt willnot operate in an accident.

Repair and replacement proce-dure

The supplemental front air bags, supplementalside air bags and pre-tensioner seat belt aredesigned to activate on a one-time-only basis.As a reminder, unless it is damaged, thesupplemental air bag warning light will remainilluminated after inflation has occurred. Repairand replacement of these systems should bedone only by authorized INFINITI dealers.

When maintenance work is required on thevehicle, the supplemental front air bags,

supplemental side air bags, related parts andpre-tensioner seat belt should be pointed outto the person conducting the maintenance.The ignition key should always be in theLOCK position when working under the hoodor inside the vehicle.

WARNING

O Once the supplemental front airbag, supplemental side air bagand/or pre-tensioner seat belthave activated, the air bag modulewill not function again and mustbe replaced, additionally, if thefront air bags inflate, the pre-tensioner seat belts must also bereplaced. The module should bereplaced by an INFINITI dealer.The supplemental front air bagmodule or supplemental side airbag module cannot be repaired.


1-21

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

O The supplemental front air bagsystem, supplemental side airbag system and pre-tensionerseat belt should be inspected byan INFINITI dealer if there is anydamage to the front end or sideportion of the vehicle.

O If you need to dispose of thesesupplemental systems or scrapthe vehicle, contact an INFINITIdealer.

Correct disposal procedures areset forth in the appropriateINFINITI Service Manual. Incor-rect disposal procedures couldcause personal injury.

SEAT BELTSPRECAUTIONS ON SEAT BELTUSAGEIf you are wearing your seat belt properlyadjusted, and you are sitting upright and wellback in your seat, your chances of beinginjured or killed in an accident and/or theseverity of injury may be greatly reduced.INFINITI strongly encourages you and all ofyour passengers to buckle up every time youdrive, even if your seating position includes asupplemental air bag.

Most states, provinces or territories re-quire that seat belts be worn at all timeswhen a vehicle is being driven.


1-22

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

SIR0102


1-23

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

SIR0125 SIR0016


1-24

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

WARNING

O Every person who drives or ridesin this vehicle should use a seatbelt at all times. Children shouldbe properly restrained in the rearseat and, if appropriate, in a childrestraint.

O The belt should be properly ad-justed to a snug fit. Failure to doso may reduce the effectivenessof the entire restraint system andincrease the chance or severity ofinjury in an accident. Serious in-jury or death can occur if the seatbelt is not worn properly.

O Always route the shoulder beltover your shoulder and acrossyour chest. Never run the belt

behind your back, under your armor across your neck. The beltshould be away from your faceand neck, but not falling off yourshoulder.

O Position the lap belt as low andsnug as possible around the hips,not the waist. A lap belt worn toohigh could increase the risk ofinternal injuries in an accident.

O Be sure the seat belt tongue issecurely fastened to the properbuckle.

O Do not wear the belt inside out ortwisted. Doing so may reduce itseffectiveness.

O Do not allow more than one per-son to use the same belt.

O Never carry more people in the

SIR0014


1-25

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

vehicle than there are seat belts.

O If the seat belt warning lightglows continuously while the ig-nition is turned ON with all doorsclosed and all seat belts fas-tened, it may indicate a malfunc-tion in the system. Have the sys-tem checked by your INFINITIdealer.

O Once the pre-tensioner seat belthas activated, it cannot be reusedand must be replaced togetherwith the retractor. See yourINFINITI dealer.

O Removal and installation of thepre-tensioner seat belt systemcomponents should be done by anINFINITI dealer.

O All seat belt assemblies including

retractors and attaching hardwareshould be inspected after any col-lision by your INFINITI dealer.INFINITI recommends that allseat belt assemblies in use dur-ing a collision be replaced unlessthe collision was minor and thebelts show no damage and con-tinue to operate properly. Seatbelt assemblies not in use duringa collision should also be in-spected and replaced if eitherdamage or improper operation isnoted.

O All child restraints and attachinghardware should be inspected af-ter any collision. Always followthe restraint manufacturer’s in-spection instructions and replace-ment recommendations. Thechild restraints should be re-

placed if they are damaged.

CHILD SAFETY

Children need adults to help protectthem. They need to be properly re-strained.

The proper restraint depends on the child’ssize. Generally, infants [up to about 1 year andless than 20 lb (9 kg)] should be placed inrear facing child restraints. Front facing childrestraints are available for children who out-grow rear facing child restraints.

WARNING

Infants and children need specialprotection. The vehicle’s seat beltsmay not fit them properly. The shoul-der belt may come too close to theface or neck. The lap belt may not fit


1-26

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

over their small hip bones. In anaccident, an improperly fitting seatbelt could cause serious or fatalinjury. Always use appropriate childrestraints.

All US states and provinces of Canada requirethe use of approved child restraints for infantsand small children. (See “Child restraints”later in this section.)

In addition, there are many types of childrestraints available for larger children whichshould be used for maximum protection.

INFINITI recommends that all preteensand children be restrained in the rearseat if possible. According to accidentstatistics, children are safer when prop-erly restrained in the rear seat than inthe front seat. This is especially impor-tant because your vehicle has a supple-mental restraint system (air bag sys-

tem) for the front passenger. (See“Supplemental restraint system” ear-lier in this section for precautions.)

Infants and small childrenINFINITI recommends that infants and smallchildren be placed in child restraints thatcomply with Federal Motor Vehicle SafetyStandards or Canadian Motor Vehicle SafetyStandards. You should choose a child re-straint that fits your vehicle and always followthe manufacturer’s instructions for installationand use.

Larger childrenChildren who are too large for child restraintsshould be seated and restrained by the seatbelts which are provided.

If the child’s seating position has a shoulderbelt that fits close to the face or neck, the useof a booster seat (commercially available) mayhelp overcome this. The booster seat shouldraise the child so that the shoulder belt is

properly positioned across the top, middleportion of the shoulder and the lap belt is lowon the hips. The booster seat should fit thevehicle seat and have a label certifying that itcomplies with Federal Motor Vehicle SafetyStandards or Canadian Motor Vehicle SafetyStandards. Once the child has grown so theshoulder belt is no longer on or near the faceand neck, use the shoulder belt without thebooster seat.

WARNING

Never let a child stand or kneel onany seat and do not allow a child inthe cargo areas while the vehicle ismoving. The child could be seriouslyinjured or killed in an accident or asudden stop.

PREGNANT WOMENINFINITI recommends that pregnant women


1-27

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

use seat belts. The seat belt should be wornsnug, and always position the lap belt as lowas possible around the hips, not the waist.Place the shoulder belt over your shoulderand across your chest. Never run thelap/shoulder belt over your abdominal area.Contact your doctor for specific recommenda-tions.

INJURED PERSONS

INFINITI recommends that injured personsuse seat belts, depending on the injury. Checkwith your doctor for specific recommenda-tions.

THREE-POINT TYPE SEAT BELTWITH RETRACTOR

WARNING

O Every person who drives or ridesin this vehicle should use a seat

belt at all times.

O Do not ride in a moving vehiclewhen the seatback is reclined.This can be dangerous. Theshoulder belt will not be againstyour body. In an accident youcould be thrown into it and re-ceive neck or other serious inju-ries. You could also slide underthe lap belt and receive seriousinternal injuries.

O For most effective protectionwhen the vehicle is in motion, theseat should be upright. Always sitwell back in the seat and adjustthe seat belt properly.

Fastening the seat belts1. Adjust the seat. See “Seats” earlier in this

section.

SIR0126


1-28

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

2. Slowly pull the seat belt out of the retractorand insert the tongue into the buckle untilit snaps.

The retractor is designed to lock duringa sudden stop or on impact. A slow pull-ing motion will permit the belt to move,

and allow you some freedom of move-ment in the seat.

3. Position the lap belt portion low andsnug on the hips as shown.

4. Pull the shoulder belt portion toward theretractor to take up extra slack. Make surethe shoulder belt is routed over yourshoulder and across your chest.

The front passenger and rear seat belts have a

SIR0019

SIR0127

SIR0061


1-29

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

cinching mechanism for child restraint instal-lation. It is referred to as the automatic lockingmode.

When the cinching mechanism is activated theseat belt cannot be withdrawn again until theseat belt tongue is detached from the buckleand fully retracted. For additional information,see “Child restraints” later in this section.

The automatic locking mode should beused only for child restraint installation.During normal seat belt use by a pas-senger, the locking mode should not beactivated. If it is activated it may causeuncomfortable seat belt tension.

WARNING

When fastening the seat belts, becertain that seatbacks are completelysecured in the latched position. If

they are not completely secured,passengers may be injured in anaccident or sudden stop.

Unfastening the seat belts

To unfasten the belt, press the button on the

buckle. The seat belt will automatically retract.

Checking seat belt operationYour seat belt retractors are designed to lockbelt movement using two separate methods:

O when the belt is pulled quickly from theretractor.

O when the vehicle slows down rapidly.

To increase your confidence in the belts,check their operation as follows:

O grasp the shoulder belt and pull quicklyforward. The retractor should lock andrestrict further belt movement.

If the retractor does not lock during this checkor if you have any questions about beltoperation, see your INFINITI dealer.

SIR0021


1-30

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

Shoulder belt height adjustment(For front seats)

The shoulder belt anchor height should beadjusted to the position best for you. (See“Precautions on seat belt usage” earlier in thissection.)

The shoulder belt anchor height should beadjusted to the position best suited for you.(See “Precautions on seat belt usage” earlierin this section.) To lower, push the releasebutton, and then move the shoulder beltanchor to the desired position, so that the belt

passes over the shoulder. Release the adjust-ment button to lock the shoulder belt anchorinto position.

To raise, move the adjuster up to the desiredposition without pushing the button.

WARNING

O After adjustment, release the but-ton and try to move the shoulderbelt anchor down to make sure itis securely fixed in position.

O The shoulder belt anchor heightshould be adjusted to the positionbest for you. Failure to do so mayreduce the effectiveness of theentire restraint system and in-crease the chance or severity ofinjury in an accident.

SEAT BELT EXTENDERS

If, because of body size or driving position, itis not possible to properly fit the lap-shoulderbelt and fasten it, an extender is available. Theextender adds approximately 8 inches (200mm) of length and may be used for either thedriver or front passenger seating position. Seeyour INFINITI dealer for assistance if theextender is required.

WARNING

O Only INFINITI belt extenders,made by the same company whichmade the original equipmentbelts, should be used withINFINITI belts.

O Adults and children who can usethe standard seat belt should notuse an extender. Such unneces-sary use could result in serious

SIR0116


1-31

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

personal injury in the event of anaccident.

O Never use seat belt extenders toinstall child restraints. If the childrestraint is not secured properly,the child could be seriously in-jured in a collision or a suddenstop.

SEAT BELT MAINTENANCE

O To clean the seat belt webbings, applya mild soap solution or any solution rec-ommended for cleaning upholstery or car-pets. Then brush the webbing, wipe it witha cloth and allow it to dry in the shade. Donot allow the seat belts to retract until theyare completely dry.

O If dirt builds up in the shoulder belt guideof the seat belt anchors, the seat belts mayretract slowly. Wipe the shoulder belt

guide with a clean, dry cloth.

O Periodically check to see that theseat belt and the metal componentssuch as buckles, tongues, retractors, flex-ible wires and anchors work properly. Ifloose parts, deterioration, cuts or otherdamage on the webbing is found, the entirebelt assembly should be replaced.

CHILD RESTRAINTS

PRECAUTIONS ON CHILD RE-STRAINTS

WARNING

O Infants and small children shouldalways be placed in an appropri-ate child restraint while riding inthe vehicle. Failure to use a childrestraint can result in serious in-jury or death.

O Infants and small children shouldnever be carried on your lap. It isnot possible for even the stron-gest adult to resist the forces of asevere accident. The child couldbe crushed between the adult andparts of the vehicle. Also, do notput the same seat belt aroundboth your child and yourself.

O Never install a rear facing childrestraint in the front seat. Aninflating supplemental front airbag could seriously injure or killyour child. A rear facing childrestraint must only be used in therear seat.

O INFINITI recommends that thechild restraint be installed in therear seat. According to accidentstatistics, children are safer when


1-32

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

properly restrained in the rearseat than in the front seat.

O An improperly installed child re-straint could lead to serious in-jury or death in an accident.

In general, child restraints are designed to beinstalled with the lap portion of a three-pointtype seat belt. In addition, this vehicle isequipped with a universal child restraint loweranchor system, referred to as the LATCH(Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren)system. Some child restraints include tworigid or webbing-mounted attachments thatcan be connected to these lower anchors. Fordetails, see “LATCH (Lower Anchors andTethers for CHildren) System” later in thissection.

Child restraints for infants and children ofvarious sizes are offered by several manufac-turers. When selecting any child restraint,

keep the following points in mind:O choose only a restraint with a label certi-

fying that it complies with Federal MotorVehicle Safety Standard 213 or CanadianMotor Vehicle Safety Standard 213.

O check the child restraint in your vehicle tobe sure it is compatible with the vehicle’sseat and seat belt system.

O if the child restraint is compatible withyour vehicle, place your child in the childrestraint and check the various adjust-ments to be sure the child restraint iscompatible with your child. Always followall recommended procedures.

All US states and Canadian provincesrequire that infants and small childrenbe restrained in approved child re-straints at all times while the vehicle isbeing operated.

WARNING

O Improper use of a child restraintcan result in increased injuries forboth the infant or child and otheroccupants in the vehicle.

O Follow all of the child restraintmanufacturer’s instructions forinstallation and use. When pur-chasing a child restraint, be sureto select one which will fit yourchild and vehicle. It may not bepossible to properly install sometypes of child restraints in yourvehicle.

O If the child restraint is not an-chored properly, the risk of achild being injured in a collisionor a sudden stop greatlyincreases.


1-33

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

O Adjustable seatbacks should bepositioned to fit the child re-straint, but as upright as pos-sible.

O After attaching the child restraint,test it before you place the childin it. Tilt it from side to side. Tryto tug it forward and check to seeif the belt holds the restraint inplace. The child restraint shouldnot move more than 1 inch (25mm). If the restraint is not se-cure, tighten the belt as neces-sary, or put the restraint in an-other seat and test it again.

O For a front facing child restraint,check to make sure the shoulderbelt does not go in front of thechild’s face or neck. If it does, putthe shoulder belt behind the child

restraint. If you must install afront facing child restraint in thefront seat, see instructions laterin this section.

O When your child restraint is not inuse, store it in the trunk or keep itsecured with a seat belt to pre-vent it from being thrown aroundin case of a sudden stop or acci-dent.

CAUTION

Remember that a child restraint leftin a closed vehicle can become veryhot. Check the seating surface andbuckles before placing your child inthe child restraint.

INSTALLATION ON REAR SEATCENTER OR OUTBOARD POSI-TIONS

Front facing

WARNING

O The three-point belt on your ve-hicle is equipped with a lockingmode retractor which must beused when installing a child re-straint.

O Failure to do so will result in thechild restraint not being properlysecured. It could tip over or oth-erwise be unsecured and causeinjury to the child in a suddenstop or collision.

When you install a child restraint in a rearoutboard or center seat, follow these steps:


1-34

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

1. Position the child restraint on the seat. Thedirection of the child restraint depends onthe type of the child restraint and the sizeof the child. Always follow the restraintmanufacturer’s instructions.

2. Route the seat belt tongue through thechild restraint and insert it into the buckleuntil you hear and feel the latch engage.Be sure to follow the child restraint manu-facturer’s instructions for belt routing.

SIR0117 SIR0118

SIR0043


1-35

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

3. Pull on the shoulder belt until all of thebelt is fully extended. At this time, the beltretractor is in the automatic locking mode(child restraint mode). It reverts back toemergency locking mode when the belt isfully retracted.

4. Allow the belt to retract. Pull up on the beltto remove any slack in the belt.

5. Before placing the child in the childrestraint, use force to tilt the child restraintfrom side to side, and tug it forward tomake sure that it is securely held in place.It should not move more than 1 inch (25mm).

6. Check that the retractor is in the automatic

SIR0039A SIR0062 SIR0042


1-36

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

locking mode by trying to pull more beltout of the retractor. If you cannot pull anymore belt webbing out of the retractor, thebelt is in the automatic locking mode.

7. Check to make sure that the child restraintis properly secured prior to each use. If thebelt is not locked, repeat steps 3 through6.

After the child restraint is removed and theseat belt is allowed to wind back into theretractor, the automatic locking mode (childrestraint mode) is canceled; the seat belt onlylocks during a sudden stop or impact.

Rear facing

WARNING

O The three-point belt on your ve-hicle is equipped with a lockingmode retractor which must be

used when installing a child re-straint.

O Failure to do so will result in thechild restraint not being properlysecured. It could tip over or oth-erwise be unsecured and causeinjury to the child in a suddenstop or collision.

When you install a child restraint in a rearoutboard or center seat, follow these steps:

1. Position the child restraint on the seat. Thedirection of the child restraint depends onthe type of the child restraint and the sizeof the child. Always follow the restraintmanufacturer’s instructions.

SIR0119

SIR0120


1-37

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

2. Route the seat belt tongue through thechild restraint and insert it into the buckleuntil you hear and feel the latch engage.Be sure to follow the child restraint manu-facturer’s instructions for belt routing.

3. Pull on the shoulder belt until all of thebelt is fully extended. At this time, the beltretractor is in the automatic locking mode(child restraint mode). It reverts back toemergency locking mode when the belt isfully retracted.


SIR0046 SIR0045A SIR0047


1-38

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X


6. Check that the retractor is in the automatic

locking mode by trying to pull more beltout of the retractor. If you cannot pull anymore belt webbing out of the retractor, thebelt is in the automatic locking mode.

7. Check to make sure that the child restraintis properly secured prior to each use. If thebelt is not locked, repeat steps 3 through6.


LATCH (LOWER ANCHORSAND TETHERS FOR CHILDREN)SYSTEM

WARNING

O Attach LATCH system compatiblechild restraints only at the loca-tions shown. If a child restraint isnot secured properly, your child

SIR0048

SIR0143B


1-39

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

could be seriously injured orkilled in an accident.

O Do not secure a child restraint inthe center rear seating positionusing the LATCH system anchors.The child restraint will not besecured properly.

O The LATCH system anchors aredesigned to withstand only thoseloads imposed by correctly fittedchild restraints. Under no circum-stance are they to be used foradult seat belts or harnesses.

Some child restraints include two rigid orwebbing-mounted attachments that can beconnected to two anchors located at certainseating positions in your vehicle. This systemis known as the LATCH (Lower Anchors andTether for CHildren) system. This system mayalso be referred to as the ISOFIX or ISOFIX

compatible system. With this system, you donot have to use a vehicle seat belt to securethe child restraint. Your vehicle is equippedwith special anchor points that are used withLATCH system compatible child restraints.Check your child restraint for a label startingthat it is compatible with the LATCH system.This information may also be in the childrestraint owner’s manual. If you have such achild restraint, refer to the illustration for theseating positions equipped with LATCH sys-tem anchors which can be used to secure thechild restraint.

The LATCH system anchors are located at therear of the seat cushion near the seatback. Alabel is attached to the seatback to help youlocate the LATCH system anchors.

Some child restraints may also require the useof a top tether strap. See “Top tether strapchild restraint” later in this section for instal-lation instructions.

When installing, carefully read and follow theinstructions in this manual and those suppliedwith the child restraint.

When you install a LATCH system compatiblechild restraint to the lower anchor attach-ments, follow these steps:

WARNING

Inspect the lower anchors by insert-ing your fingers into the lower anchorarea and feeling to make sure thereare no obstructions over the LATCHsystem anchors, such as seat beltwebbing or seat cushion material.The child restraint will not be securedproperly if the LATCH system anchorsare obstructed.

1. To install the LATCH system compatiblechild restraint, insert the child restraint


1-40

Z 03.7.21/CA33-D X

LATCH system attachments into the an-chor points on the rear seat. If the childrestraint is equipped with a top tether, see“Top tether child restraint” later in thissection for installation instructions.

2. After attaching the child restraint andbefore placing the child in it, use force totilt the child restraint from side to side andtug it forward to make sure that the childrestraint is securely held in place. It shouldnot move more than 1 inch (25 mm).

3. Check to make sure that the child restraintis properly secured prior to each use.

TOP TETHER STRAP CHILD RE-STRAINT

If your child restraint has a top tether strap, itmust be secured to the anchor point providedbehind its position.

Remove the anchor cover from the anchorpoint as illustrated. Keep the removed cover ina secure place to prevent loss or damage.Then secure the child restraint with the rearseat belt or the LATCH system (outboardpositions), as applicable.

Position the top tether strap over the top of theseatback and secure it to the tether anchorbracket that provides the straightest installa-tion. Tighten the tether strap according to themanufacturer’s instruction to remove anyslack.

For best child restraint fit see the childrestraint installation instructions in this sec-tion and the child restraint manufacturer’sinstructions.

WARNING

The child restraint anchor point is de-signed to withstand only those loadsimposed by correctly fitted child re-straints. Under no circumstance is itto be used for adult seat belts or har-nesses.

SIR0115


1-41

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

Anchor point locationsAnchor points are located on the rear parcelshelf finisher.

If you have any questions when install-ing a top strap child restraint on the rearseat, consult your INFINITI dealer fordetails.

INSTALLATION ON FRONTPASSENGER SEAT

WARNING

O Never install a rear facing child

restraint in the front passengerseat. Supplemental front air bagsinflate with great force. A rear fac-ing child restraint could be struck

SSS0300


1-42

Z 03.7.21/CA33-D X

by the air bag in a crash andcould seriously injure or kill yourchild.

O INFINITI recommends that childrestraints be installed in the rearseat. However, if you must installa front facing child restraint in thefront passenger seat, move thepassenger seat to the rearmostposition.

O A child restraint with a top tetherstrap should not be used in thefront passenger seat.

O The three-point belt in your ve-hicle is equipped with a lockingmode retractor which must beused when installing a childrestraint.

O Failure to use the retractor’s lock-ing mode will result in the childrestraint not being properly se-cured. The child restraint couldtip over or otherwise be unse-cured and cause injury to thechild in a sudden stop orcollision.

Front facing

If you must install a child restraint in the frontseat, follow these steps:

1. Position the child restraint on the frontpassenger seat. It should be placed in afront facing direction only. Move the seatto the rearmost position. Adjust the head

SSS0301


1-43

Z 03.7.21/CA33-D X

restraint to its highest position. Always fol-low the child restraint manufacturer’s instruc-tions. Child restraints for infants mustbe used in the rear facing directionand therefore must not be used in thefront seat.

2. Route the seat belt tongue through the

child restraint and insert it into the buckleuntil you hear and feel the latch engage.Be sure to follow the child restraint manu-facturer’s instructions for belt routing.

3. Pull on the shoulder belt until all of thebelt is fully extended. At this time, the beltretractor is in the automatic locking mode

(child restraint mode). It reverts back toemergency locking mode when the belt isfully retracted.


SIR0055

SIR0053A

SIR0056


1-44

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X


6. Check that the retractor is in the automaticlocking mode by trying to pull more beltout of the retractor. If you cannot pull anymore belt webbing out of the retractor, thebelt is in the automatic locking mode.

7. Check to make sure that the child restraintis properly secured prior to each use. If thelap belt is not locked, repeat steps 3through 6.


SSS0302


1-45

Z 03.7.21/CA33-D X

2 INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS

Instrument panel ......................................... 2-2Meters and gauges ...................................... 2-3

Speedometer and odometer................... 2-4Tachometer............................................. 2-4Engine coolant temperature gauge ........ 2-5Fuel gauge .............................................. 2-5

Warning/indicator lights and audiblereminders..................................................... 2-7

Checking bulbs....................................... 2-7Warning lights ........................................ 2-8Indicator lights ..................................... 2-11Audible reminders ................................ 2-13

Security systems ....................................... 2-13Vehicle security system ....................... 2-13Infiniti Vehicle Immobilizer System...... 2-15

Windshield wiper and washer switch........ 2-16Rear window and outside mirror (if soequipped) defogger switch ........................ 2-17Headlight and turn signal switch............... 2-17

Xenon headlights.................................. 2-17Headlight switch................................... 2-18

Turn signal switch................................ 2-20Cornering light...................................... 2-21

Front fog light switch ................................ 2-21Hazard warning flasher switch .................. 2-21Horn........................................................... 2-22Heated seats (if so equipped)................... 2-22Heated steering wheel (if so equipped) .... 2-23

Traction control system (TCS) off switch(if so equipped).................................... 2-24

Vehicle dynamic control (VDC) off switch (if soequipped)................................................... 2-24Power outlet .............................................. 2-24Cigarette lighter and ashtray ..................... 2-25

Sunglasses holder ................................ 2-26Cup holder............................................ 2-26Glove box ............................................. 2-27Console box.......................................... 2-28Cargo net (if so equipped)................... 2-28

Windows .................................................... 2-29Power windows.................................... 2-29

Sunroof ...................................................... 2-31

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

Electric sunroof .................................... 2-31Rear sun shade.......................................... 2-33Clock .......................................................... 2-34

Adjusting the time ................................ 2-34Trip computer ............................................ 2-35Interior light............................................... 2-36

Ceiling................................................... 2-36Personal light............................................. 2-37

Front ..................................................... 2-38Vanity mirror lights.................................... 2-39Trunk light ................................................. 2-39HomeLinkT Universal Transceiver (if soequipped)................................................... 2-39

Programming HomeLinkT ................... 2-40Programming HomeLinkT for Canadiancustomers............................................. 2-42Operating the HomeLinkT

Universal Transceiver........................... 2-42Programming trouble diagnosis........... 2-42Clearing the programmedinformation ........................................... 2-43Reprogramming a single HomeLinkT

button ................................................... 2-43If your vehicle is stolen........................ 2-43

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

1. Outside mirror remote control (P .3-18)2. Headlight and turn signal switch

(P .2-17)/Front fog light switch (P .2-21)3. Security indicator light (P .2-14)4. Instrument brightness control switch

(P .2-19)5. Meters/gauges (P .2-3)6. Cruise control main/set switch (P .5-13)7. Traction control (TCS) or Vehicle dynamic

control (VDC) OFF switch (if so equipped)(P .2-24)

8. Windshield wiper/washer switch (P .2-16)9. Center ventilator (P .4-2)10. Audio system (P .4-7) and navigation

control*11. Clock (P .2-34)12. Automatic air conditioner (P .4-3)13. Navigation system*14. Front passenger supplemental air bag

(P .1-7)15. Side ventilator (P .4-2)16. Cup holder (P .2-26)17. Automatic drive position system cancel

switch (P .3-21)SII0362

INSTRUMENT PANEL

INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS

2-2

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

18. Fuse box cover (P .8-25)19. Hood release handle (P .3-10)20. Heated steering switch (P .2-23)21. Steering switch for audio control

(P .4-27)and trip computer (P .2-35)

22. Tilting steering wheel lock lever (P .3-15)23. Driver supplemental air bag (P .1-7)24. Ignition switch/steering lock (P .5-5)25. Hazard warning flasher switch (P .2-21)26. Rear sun shade control switch (P .2-33)27. Heated seat switch (if so equipped)

(P .2-22)28. Cigarette lighter (P .2-25)29. Ashtray (P .2-25)30. Rear window and outside door mirror

defogger switch (P .2-17)31. Glove box (P .2-27)

See the page indicated in parenthesesfor operating details.*: Refer to the separate Navigation System

Owner’s Manual. (if so equipped)

1. Warning/Indicator lights

2. Speedometer

3. Tachometer

4. Fuel gauge

5. Engine coolant temperature gauge

6. A/T indicator

7. Reset knob for trip odometer

8. Odometer (Total/twin trip)

9. Display for trip computer

SII0363

METERS AND GAUGES


2-3

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

SPEEDOMETER AND ODOM-ETER

Speedometer

The speedometer indicates vehicle speed.

Odometer/Twin trip odometer

The odometer/twin trip odometer are dis-played when the ignition key is in the ONposition.

The odometer records the total distance thevehicle has been driven.

The twin trip odometer records the distance ofindividual trips.

Changing the display:

Pushing the reset knob changes the display asfollows:

TRIP A → TRIP B → TRIP A

Resetting the trip odometer:

Pushing the reset knob for more than 1second resets the trip odometer to zero.

TACHOMETER

The tachometer indicates engine speed inrevolutions per minute (rpm).

CAUTION

When engine speed approaches thered zone, shift to a higher gear. Op-erating the engine in the red zonemay cause serious engine damage.

SII0325

SII0382

SII0380


2-4

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERA-TURE GAUGE

The gauge indicates the engine coolant tem-perature.

The engine coolant temperature will vary withthe outside air temperature and driving con-ditions.

CAUTION

If the gauge indicates engine coolanttemperature over the normal range,stop the vehicle as soon as safelypossible. If the engine is overheated,continued operation of the vehiclemay seriously damage the engine.See “If your vehicle overheats” in the“6. In case of emergency” section forimmediate action required.

FUEL GAUGE

The gauge indicates the approximate fuel levelin the tank.

The gauge may move slightly during braking,turning, acceleration, or going up or downhill.

Refill the fuel tank before the gauge reg-isters Empty.

The low fuel warning light comes onwhen the fuel tank is getting low. Refuelas soon as it is convenient, preferably

SII0328

SII0383


2-5

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

before the gauge reaches E. There willbe a small reserve of fuel in the tankwhen the fuel gauge needle reaches E.

The indicates that the fuel filler lid islocated on the driver’s side of the vehicle.

CAUTION

O If the vehicle runs out of fuel, themalfunction indicator lamp

(MIL) may come on. Refuel assoon as possible. After a few driv-ing trips, the lamp shouldturn off. If the lamp remains on af-ter a few driving trips, have the ve-hicle inspected by an INFINITIdealer.

O For additional information, seethe “Malfunction indicator lamp(MIL)” later in this section.


2-6

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

WARNING/INDICATOR LIGHTS AND AUDIBLE REMINDERS

or Anti-lock brake warninglight

Low washer fluid warning light Malfunction indicator lamp (MIL)

A/T check warning light Seat belt warning light Slip indicator light (if so equipped)

or Brake warning light Supplemental air bag warning lightTraction control system off indicatorlight (if so equipped)

Charge warning light Trunk lid open warning light Turn signal/hazard indicator light

Door open warning light Cruise main switch indicator lightVehicle dynamic control off indica-tor light (if so equipped)

Engine oil pressure warning light Cruise set indicator light

Low fuel warning light High beam indicator light (Blue)

CHECKING BULBS

Apply the parking brake and turn the ignitionkey to ON without starting the engine. Thefollowing lights will come on:

, or , ,

The following lights come on briefly and thengo off:

or , , , , ,

If any light fails to come on, it may indicate aburned-out bulb or an open circuit in the

electrical system. Have the system repairedpromptly.


2-7

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

WARNING LIGHTS

or Anti-lock brakewarning light

After turning the ignition key to the ONposition, the anti-lock brake warning light willilluminate. The anti-lock brake warning lightwill turn off after about 2 seconds if thesystem is operational.

If the light comes on while the engine isrunning, it may indicate the anti-lock brakesystem is not functioning properly. Have thesystem checked by your INFINITI dealer.

If an abnormality occurs in the system, theanti-lock function will cease but the ordinarybrakes will continue to operate normally.

If the light comes on while you are driv-ing, contact your INFINITI dealer for re-pair.

A/T check warning light

When the ignition switch is turned ON, thelight comes on for 2 seconds. If the lightblinks for approximately 8 seconds, it mayindicate the automatic transmission system isnot functioning properly. Have your INFINITIdealer check and repair the transmission.

or Brake warninglight

This light functions for both the parking brakeand the foot brake systems.

Parking brake indicator:

When the ignition key is in the ON position,the light comes on when the parking brake isapplied.

Low brake fluid warning light:

The light warns of a low brake fluid level. If thelight comes on while the engine is runningwith the parking brake not applied, stop thevehicle and perform the following:

1. Check the brake fluid level. Add brake fluidas necessary. See “Brake and clutch fluid”in the “8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself”section.

WARNING

O Your brake system may not beworking properly if the warninglight is on. Driving could be dan-gerous. If you judge it to be safe,drive carefully to the nearest ser-vice station for repairs. Other-wise, have your vehicle towed be-cause driving it could be danger-ous.

O Pressing the brake pedal with theengine stopped and/or low brakefluid level may increase yourstopping distance and brakingwill require greater pedal effort


2-8

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

as well as greater pedal travel.

O If the brake fluid level is belowthe MIN mark on the brake fluidreservoir, do not drive until thebrake system has been checkedat an INFINITI dealer.

2. If the brake fluid level is correct, have thewarning system checked by your INFINITIdealer.

Charge warning lightIf the light comes on while the engine isrunning, it may indicate that the chargingsystem is not functioning properly. Turn theengine off and check the alternator belt. If thebelt is loose, broken, missing or if the lightremains on, see your INFINITI dealer imme-diately.

CAUTION

Do not continue driving if the belt isloose, broken or missing.

Door open warning light

This light comes on when any of the doors arenot closed securely while the ignition key isON.

Engine oil pressure warn-ing light

This light warns of low engine oil pressure. Ifthe light flickers or comes on during normaldriving, pull off the road in a safe area, stopthe engine immediately and call an INFINITIdealer or other authorized repair shop.

The oil pressure warning light is not de-signed to indicate a low oil level. Use thedipstick to check the oil level. See “Engine

oil” in the “8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself”section.

CAUTION

Running the engine with the oil pres-sure warning light on could cause se-rious damage to the engine almostimmediately. Turn off the engine assoon as it is safe to do so.

Low fuel warning lightThis light comes on when the fuel in the tankis getting low. Refuel as soon as it isconvenient, preferably before the fuel gaugereaches E.

There will be a small reserve of fuel re-maining in the tank when the fuel gaugeneedle reaches E.


2-9

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

Low washer fluid warninglight

This light comes on when the washer tankfluid is at a low level. Add washer fluid asnecessary. See “Window washer fluid” in the“8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section.

Seat belt warning light andchime

The light and chime remind you to fasten seatbelts. The light illuminates whenever theignition key is turned to ON, and will remainilluminated until the driver’s seat belt isfastened. At the same time, the chime willsound for about 6 seconds unless the driver’sseat belt is securely fastened.

See “Seat belts” in the “1. Seats, restraintsand supplemental air bag systems” section forprecautions on seat belt usage.

Supplemental air bagwarning light

After turning the ignition key to the ONposition, the supplemental air bag warninglight will illuminate. The supplemental air bagwarning light will turn off after about 7seconds if the supplemental front air bagsystem, supplemental side air bag systemand/or pre-tensioner seat belt are operational.

If any of the following conditions occur, thesupplemental front air bag, supplemental sideair bag and pre-tensioner seat belt needservicing and your vehicle must be taken toyour nearest authorized INFINITI dealer.O The supplemental air bag warning light

does not come on and remain on for 7seconds and then go off as describedabove.

O The supplemental air bag warning lightflashes intermittently or remains on (after 7seconds).

O The supplemental air bag warning lightdoes not come on at all.

Unless checked and repaired, the supplemen-tal restraint system and/or the pre-tensionerseat belt may not function properly. Foradditional information, see “Supplemental re-straint system” in the “1. Seats, restraints andsupplemental air bag systems” section.

WARNING

If the supplemental air bag warninglight is on, it could mean that thesupplemental air bag system,supplemental side air bag systemand/or pre-tensioner seat belt willnot operate in an accident.

Trunk lid open warninglight

This light comes on when the trunk lid is not


2-10

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

closed securely while the ignition key is ON.

INDICATOR LIGHTS

Cruise main switch indi-cator light

The light comes on when the main switch ispushed. The light goes out when the mainswitch is pushed again. When the cruise mainswitch indicator light comes on, the cruisecontrol system is operational.

Cruise set indicator light

The light comes on while the vehicle speed iscontrolled by the cruise control system. If thelight flickers while the engine is running, itmay indicate the cruise control system is notfunctioning properly. Have the systemchecked by your INFINITI dealer.

High beam indicator light(Blue)

This light comes on when the headlight high

beam is on and goes out when the low beamis selected.

Malfunction indicatorlamp (MIL)

If the malfunction indicator lamp comes onsteady or blinks while the engine is running,it may indicate a potential emission controlmalfunction.

The malfunction indicator lamp may alsocome on steady if the fuel filler cap is loose ormissing, or if the vehicle runs out of fuel.Check to make sure the fuel filler cap isinstalled and closed tightly, and that thevehicle has at least three gallons (14 liters) offuel in the fuel tank.

After a few driving trips, the lampshould turn off if no other potential emissioncontrol system malfunction exists.

Operation

The malfunction indicator lamp will come onin one of two ways:

O Malfunction indicator lamp on steady —An emission control system malfunctionhas been detected. Check the fuel fillercap. If the fuel filler cap is loose ormissing, tighten or install the cap andcontinue to drive the vehicle. The

lamp should turn off after a fewdriving trips. If the lamp does notturn off after a few driving trips, have thevehicle inspected by an INFINITI dealer.You do not need to have your vehicletowed to the dealer.

O Malfunction indicator lamp blinking — Anengine misfire has been detected whichmay damage the emission control system.To reduce or avoid emission control sys-tem damage:


2-11

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

a) Do not drive at speeds above 45 MPH(72 km/h).

b) Avoid hard acceleration or deceleration.

c) Avoid steep uphill grades.

d) If possible, reduce the amount of cargobeing hauled or towed.

The malfunction indicator lamp may stopblinking and come on steady.

Have the vehicle inspected by an INFINITIdealer. You do not need to have your vehicletowed to the dealer.

CAUTION

Continued vehicle operation withouthaving the emission control systemchecked and repaired as necessarycould lead to poor driveability, re-duced fuel economy, and possible

damage to the emission control sys-tem.

Slip indicator light (if soequipped)

This indicator will blink when the VDC systemor the traction control system is operating,thus alerting the driver to the fact that the roadsurface is slippery and the vehicle is nearingits traction limits.

Traction control system offindicator light (if soequipped)

After turning the ignition key to the ONposition, the light will illuminate. The light willturn off after about 2 seconds if the system isoperational.

If the light stays on or comes on when you aredriving, there may be a problem with yourtraction control system and it may not operate

properly. Have the system checked by yourINFINITI dealer.

The traction control system off indicator lightmay come on for the following reasons.

a) If the system is turned off by pressingthe button on the instrument panel,the indicator light will come on andstay on. To turn the system back on,press the button again. The indicatorlight should go off.

b) If engine speed is above 4,000 rpm ina selected gear. Use D range on lowfriction road surfaces.

If the traction control system off indicator lightcomes on and stays on for an extended periodof time when the system is turned on, haveyour vehicle checked by your INFINITI dealer.


2-12

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

Vehicle dynamic controloff indicator light (if soequipped)

The light comes on when the vehicle dynamiccontrol off switch is pushed to OFF . Thisindicates the vehicle dynamic control systemand the traction control system are not oper-ating.

Push the vehicle dynamic control off switchagain or restart the engine and the system willoperate normally. See “Vehicle dynamic con-trol” in the “5. Starting and driving” section.

While the vehicle dynamic control system isoperating, you may feel slight vibration orhear the system working when starting thevehicle or accelerating, but this is normal.

Turn signal/hazard indica-tor lights

The light flashes when the turn signal switchlever or hazard switch is turned on.

AUDIBLE REMINDERS

Key reminder chimeThe chime will sound if the driver’s side dooris opened while the key is left in the ignitionswitch (ignition switch is turned off). Removethe key and take it with you when leaving thevehicle.

Light reminder chimeThe headlights reminder chime will soundwhen the driver’s door is opened and the lightswitch is on, unless the ignition key is in theON position.

Make sure to turn the light switch off whenyou leave the vehicle.

Seat belt warning chimeThe chime will sound for about 6 secondsunless the driver’s seat belt is securely fas-tened.

Brake pad wear warningThe disc brake pads have audible wear warn-ings. When a brake pad requires replacement,it will make a high pitched scraping soundwhen the vehicle is in motion whether or notthe brake pedal is depressed. Have the brakeschecked as soon as possible if the warningsound is heard.

SECURITY SYSTEMSYour vehicle has two types of security sys-tems, as follows:

O Vehicle Security System

O Infiniti Vehicle Immobilizer System

The security condition will be shown by thesecurity indicator light.

VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEMThe vehicle security system provides visualand audio alarm signals if parts of the vehicleare disturbed.


2-13

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

Security indicator light

How to activate the vehicle secu-rity system

1. Close all windows.

The system can be activated even if thewindows are open.

2. Remove the key from the ignition switch.

3. Close and lock all doors, hood and trunklid. Lock all doors by pressing the LOCKbutton on the keyfob or with the key. When

using the keyfob, the hazard indicatorsflash twice to indicate all doors are locked.

4. Confirm that the SECURITY indicator lightcomes on. The SECURITY light glows forabout 30 seconds and then blinks. Thesystem is now activated. If, during this 30second time period, the door is unlockedby the key or the keyfob, or the ignition keyis turned to ACC or ON, the system willnot activate.

Even when the driver and/or passengersare in the vehicle, the system will acti-vate with all doors, hood and trunk lidlocked and ignition key off.

Vehicle security system opera-tion

The security system will give the followingalarm:

O the headlights blink and the horn soundsintermittently.

O the alarm automatically turns off afterapproximately 1 minute. However, thealarm reactivates if the vehicle is tamperedwith again. The alarm can be shut off byunlocking a door or trunk lid with the key,or by pressing the unlock button on thekeyfob.

The alarm is activated by:

O Opening the door without using the key orkeyfob.

O Opening the hood.

O Opening the trunk lid.

How to stop alarm

The alarm will stop only by unlocking a dooror trunk lid with the key, or by pressing theUNLOCK button on the keyfob. The alarm willnot stop if the ignition switch is turned to ACCor ON.

If the system does not operate as de-

SII0035


2-14

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

scribed above, have it checked by yourINFINITI dealer.

INFINITI VEHICLE IMMOBI-LIZER SYSTEM

The Infiniti Vehicle Immobilizer System willnot allow the engine to start without the use ofthe registered Infiniti Vehicle Immobilizer Sys-tem key.

If the engine fails to start using the registeredInfiniti Vehicle Immobilizer System key (forexample, when interference is caused byanother Infiniti Vehicle Immobilizer Systemkey, an automated toll road device or auto-mated payment device on the key ring), restartthe engine using the following procedures:

1. Leave the ignition switch in the ON posi-tion for approximately 5 seconds.

2. Turn the ignition switch to the OFF orLOCK position and wait approximately 10seconds.

3. Repeat step 1 and 2 again.

4. Restart the engine while holding the device(which may have caused the interference)separate from the registered Infiniti VehicleImmobilizer System key.

If this procedure allows the engine to start,INFINITI recommends placing the registeredInfiniti Vehicle Immobilizer System key on aseparate key ring to avoid interference fromother devices.

Statement related to section 15 of FCCrules for Infiniti Vehicle ImmobilizerSystem (CONT ASSY-IMMOBILIZER,ANT ASSY-IMMOBILIZER)

This device complies with part 15 of theFCC Rules and RSS-210 of Industry ofCanada. Operation is subject to the fol-lowing two conditions;

(1) This device may not cause harmfulinterference, and (2) this device mustaccept any interference received, in-

cluding interference that may cause un-desired operation of the device.

Changes or modifications not expresslyapproved by the manufacturer for com-pliance could void the user’s authority tooperate the equipment.

Security indicator light

This light blinks whenever the ignition switchis in the LOCK, OFF or ACC position. Thisfunction indicates the security systemsequipped on the vehicle are operational.

SII0035


2-15

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

If Infiniti Vehicle Immobilizer System is mal-functioning, this light will remain on while theignition key is in the ON position.

If the light still remains on and/or the en-gine will not start, see your INFINITIdealer for Infiniti Vehicle ImmobilizerSystem service as soon as possible.Please bring all Infiniti Vehicle Immobi-lizer System keys that you have whenvisiting your INFINITI dealer for service.

WINDSHIELD WIPER ANDWASHER SWITCHThe windshield wiper and washer operateswhen the ignition key is in the ON position.

Push the lever down to operate the wiper.

Intermittent operation can be adjusted from 2to 13 seconds by turning the knob.

Pull the lever toward you to operate thewasher. The wiper will also operate severaltimes.

WARNING

In freezing temperatures the washersolution may freeze on the wind-

shield and obscure your vision whichmay lead to an accident. Warm thewindshield with the defroster beforeyou wash the windshield.

CAUTION

The following could damage thewasher system:O Do not operate the washer continu-

ously for more than 30 seconds.O Do not operate the washer if the

reservoir tank is empty.

SII0364


2-16

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

REAR WINDOW AND OUT-SIDE MIRROR (if soequipped) DEFOGGERSWITCH

To defog/defrost the rear window glass andoutside mirrors (if so equipped), start theengine and push the switch on. The indicatorlight will come on. Push the switch again toturn the defogger off.

It will automatically turn off in approximately15 minutes.

CAUTION

When cleaning the inner side of therear window, be careful not to scratchor damage the rear window defog-ger.

HEADLIGHT AND TURNSIGNAL SWITCHXENON HEADLIGHTS

WARNING

HIGH VOLTAGE

O When xenon headlights are on,they produce a high voltage. Toprevent an electric shock, neverattempt to modify or disas-

semble. Always have your xenonheadlights replaced at anINFINITI dealer.

O Xenon headlights provide consid-erably more light than conven-tional headlights. If they are notcorrectly aimed, they might tem-porarily blind an oncoming driveror the driver ahead of you andcause a serious accident. If head-lights are not aimed correctly,immediately take your vehicle toan INFINITI dealer and have theheadlights adjusted correctly.

When the xenon headlight is initially turnedon, its brightness or color varies slightly.However, the color and brightness will soonstabilize.

O The life of xenon headlights will beshortened by frequent on-off opera-

SII0312


2-17

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

tion. It is generally desirable not toturn off the headlights for short inter-vals (for example, when the vehiclestops at a traffic signal). Even whenthe daytime running lights are active(Canada only), the xenon headlightsdo not turn on. This way the life of thexenon headlights is not reduced.

O If the xenon headlight bulb is close toburning out, the brightness will dras-tically decrease, the light will startblinking, or the color of the light willbecome reddish. If one or more of theabove signs appear, contact anINFINITI dealer.

HEADLIGHT SWITCH

Lighting

Turn the switch to the AUTO position:

When the ignition key is in the ON position,the tail light, headlight, instrument light andother lights turn on automatically, dependingon the brightness of the surroundings. Theheadlight will automatically turn off 5 minutesafter the ignition switch has been turned to theOFF position and the driver’s or front passen-ger’s door is opened. The headlight will also

automatically turn off 45 seconds after a frontdoor is opened and closed.

When the light switch is turned to theposition, the headlight low or high

beam will turn off.

Turn the switch to the position:

The front parking, side marker, tail, licenseplate and instrument lights will come on.

Turn the switch to the position:

Headlights will come on and all the otherlights remain on.

SII0366


2-18

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

Be sure not to put anything on top of thephoto sensor located on the top left-hand side of the instrument panel. Thephoto sensor controls the autolight; if itis covered, the photo sensor reacts as ifit is dark and the headlights will illumi-nate.

Battery saver systemO When the headlight switch is in the

or position while the ignitionswitch is in the ON position, the lights(including the front fog light) will auto-

matically turn off 5 minutes after theignition switch has been turned to the OFFposition.

O When the headlight switch remains in theor position after the lights

automatically turn off, the lights will turnon when the headlight switch is turned tothe OFF position, and turn to the or

position.

CAUTION

O Be sure to turn the light switch tothe OFF position when you leavethe vehicle for extended periods oftime, otherwise the battery will godead.

O Never leave the light switch onwhen the engine is not running forextended periods of time and if

the headlight is turned off auto-matically.

Instrument brightness control

The instrument brightness control operateswhen the light switch is in the AUTO (ignitionkey is in the ON position), or

position.

Turn the control to adjust the brightness ofinstrument panel lights (except clock) andpower window switch lights.

SII0082B

SII0042


2-19

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

When the control is turned to the right until aclick sound is heard, the light intensity will beat maximum. When the control is turned to theleft until a click sound is heard, the light willbe turned off.

Headlight beam select

To select the high beam, push the leverforward. Pull it back to select the low beam.

Passing signalPulling the lever toward you will turn on theheadlight high beam.

Daytime running light system(Canada only)

The headlights automatically illuminate at areduced intensity when the engine is startedwith the parking brake released. The daytimerunning lights operate with the headlightswitch in the OFF position or in the

position. Turn the headlight switch tothe position for full illumination whendriving at night.

If the parking brake is applied before theengine is started, the daytime running lightsdo not illuminate. The daytime running lightsilluminate once the parking brake is released.The daytime running lights will remain onuntil the ignition switch is turned off.

WARNING

When the daytime running light sys-

tem is active, tail lights on yourvehicle are not on. It is necessary atdusk to turn on your headlights.Failure to do so could cause anaccident injuring yourself and oth-ers.

TURN SIGNAL SWITCH

Turn signal

Move the lever up or down to signal theturning direction. When the turn is completed,

SII0367

SII0368


2-20

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

the turn signals cancel automatically.

Lane change signalTo indicate a lane change, move the lever upor down to the point where lights beginflashing.

CORNERING LIGHT

The cornering light provides additional illu-mination toward the turning direction. Thelight will come on when the turn signal leveris moved to the right or left with the headlightson.

FRONT FOG LIGHT SWITCH

To turn the fog lights on, turn the headlightswitch to the position, then turn theswitch to the position. To turn them off,turn the switch to the OFF position.

The headlights must be on for the fog lights tooperate.

HAZARD WARNINGFLASHER SWITCH

Push the switch on to warn other drivers whenyou must stop or park under emergencyconditions. All turn signal lights will flash.

Some state laws may prohibit the use ofthe hazard warning flasher switch whiledriving.

SII0041

SII0369

SII0261


2-21

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

WARNING

O If stopping for an emergency, besure to move the vehicle well offthe road.

O Do not use the switch while mov-ing on the highway unless un-usual circumstances force you todrive so slowly that your vehiclemight become a hazard to othertraffic.

O Turn signals do not work whenthe switch is operating.

The flasher can be actuated with the ignitionswitch either off or on.

HORN

To sound the horn, push the center pad areaof the steering wheel.

WARNING

Do not disassemble the horn. Doingso could affect proper operation ofthe supplemental front air bag sys-tem. Tampering with the supplemen-tal front air bag system may result in

serious personal injury.

HEATED SEATS (if soequipped)

The front seats or rear seats are warmed bybuilt-in heaters. The switches are located onthe center console and on the inside of therear door.

1. Start the engine.

2. Push the low or high position of theswitch, as desired, depending on the tem-

SII0262

SII0370


2-22

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

perature. The indicator light in the switchwill illuminate.

The heater is controlled by a thermostat,automatically turning the heater on and off.The indicator light will remain on as longas the switch is on.

3. When the seat is warmed or before youleave the vehicle, be sure to turn the switchto the off position (center).

CAUTION

O Do not use the seat heater for ex-tended periods or when no one isusing the seat.

O Do not put anything on the seatwhich insulates heat, such as ablanket, cushion, seat cover, etc.Otherwise, the seat may becomeoverheated.

O Do not place anything hard orheavy on the seat or pierce it witha pin or similar object. This mayresult in damage to the heater.

O Any liquid spilled on the heatedseat should be removed immedi-ately with a dry cloth.

O When cleaning the seat, neveruse benzine, thinner, or any simi-lar materials.

O If any abnormalities are found orthe heated seat does not operate,turn the switch off and have thesystem checked by your INFINITIdealer.

O The battery could run down if theseat heater is operated while theengine is not running.

HEATED STEERING WHEEL(if so equipped)

Push the heated steering switch to warm thesteering wheel after the engine starts.

The indicator lights will come on.

Push the switch again to turn the heatedsteering off.

It will automatically turn off in approximately30 minutes.

SII0365


2-23

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

TRACTION CONTROL SYSTEM(TCS) OFF SWITCH (if soequipped)

To cancel the Traction Control System (TCS),push the TCS OFF switch. The indicator

will come on. Push it again or restartthe engine to turn the system back on.

See “Traction control system” in the “5.Starting and driving” section.

VEHICLE DYNAMIC CON-TROL (VDC) OFF SWITCH (ifso equipped)

To cancel the Vehicle Dynamic Control Sys-tem (VDC), push the “VDC OFF” switch toturn off the system. The indicator willcome on.

Push the “VDC OFF” switch again or restartthe engine and the system will operate nor-mally. See “Vehicle dynamic control” in the“5. Starting and driving” section.

POWER OUTLET

The power outlet is for powering electricalaccessories such as cellular telephones.

CAUTION

O Use caution as the outlet and plugmay be hot during or immediatelyafter use.

O This power outlet is not designed

SII0191 SII0371

SII0265


2-24

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

for use with a cigarette lighterunit.

O Do not use with accessories thatexceed a 12 volt, 120W (10A)power draw. Do not use doubleadapters or more than one elec-trical accessory.

O Use this power outlet with theengine running. (If the engine isstopped, this could result in adischarged battery.)

O Avoid using when the air condi-tioner, headlights or rear windowdefogger is on.

O Before inserting or disconnectinga plug, be sure to turn off thepower switch of electrical acces-sory being used or the ACC powerof the vehicle.

O Push the plug in as far as it willgo. If good contact is not made,the plug may overheat or the in-ternal temperature fuse mayblow.

O When not in use, be sure to closethe cap. Do not allow water tocontact the socket.

CIGARETTE LIGHTER ANDASHTRAY

The cigarette lighter operates when the igni-tion switch is in the ACC or ON position.

Push the lighter in all the way. When thelighter is heated, it will spring out.

Return the lighter to its original position afteruse.

WARNING

The cigarette lighter should not beused while driving so full attentionmay be given to vehicle operation.

CAUTION

The cigarette lighter socket is apower source for the cigarette lighterelement only. The use of the ciga-rette lighter socket as a power source

SII0372


2-25

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

for any other accessory is not recom-mended.

SUNGLASSES HOLDER

The sunglasses holder can be opened bypushing the lid.

WARNING

The sunglasses holder should not be

used while driving so full attentionmay be given to vehicle operation.

CAUTION

O Do not use for anything other thanglasses.

O Do not leave glasses in the sun-glasses holder while parking indirect sunlight. The heat maydamage the glasses.

CUP HOLDER

For larger cups, remove the inside tray.

WARNING

The cup holder should not be usedwhile driving so full attention may begiven to vehicle operation.

SII0373

SII0374


2-26

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

CAUTION

Do not put hot drinks in the instru-ment panel cup holder.

CAUTION

O Avoid abrupt starting and brakingwhen the cup holder is being usedto prevent spilling the drink. If theliquid is hot, it can scald you oryour passenger.

O Use only soft cups in the cupholder. Hard objects can injureyou in an accident.

GLOVE BOX

When locking or unlocking the glove box, usethe master key or wallet key.

The glove box may be opened by pulling thehandle.

WARNING

Keep glove box lid closed while driv-ing to help prevent injury in an acci-dent or a sudden stop.

SII0282

SII0266

SII0289


2-27

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

CONSOLE BOX

WARNING

The center console box should not beused while driving so full attentionmay be given to vehicle operation.

CARGO NET (if so equipped)

The cargo net helps keep packages in thecargo area from moving around while yourvehicle is driven.

SII0375

SII0269A


2-28

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

* If the vehicle is equipped with a 215/55HRspare tire, you cannot use the cargo netretainer located here.

To install the cargo net, attach the hooks tothe retainers.

To remove the cargo net, detach the hooksfrom the cargo net retainers.

WARNING

O Properly secure all cargo to helpprevent it from sliding or shifting.

O Be sure to secure hooks into theretainers. The cargo restrained inthe net must not exceed 30 lb(13.6 kg) or the net may not staysecured.

WINDOWSPOWER WINDOWS

WARNING

O Make sure that all passengershave their hands, etc. inside thevehicle while it is in motion andbefore closing the windows. Usethe window lock switch to preventunexpected use of the power win-dows.

O Do not leave children unattendedinside the vehicle. They couldunknowingly activate switches orcontrols and become trapped in awindow. Unattended childrencould become involved in seriousaccidents.

The power windows operate when the ignitionkey is in the ON position, or for about 45seconds after the ignition key is turned to theOFF position. If the driver’s or front passen-ger’s door is opened during this period ofabout 45 seconds, power to the windows iscancelled.

To open or close the window, push down orpull up the switch and hold it. The mainswitch (driver side switches) will open orclose all the windows.

SII0303


2-29

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

The passenger side switch will open or closeonly the corresponding window. To open or

close the window, hold the switch down or up.

Locking passenger’s windowsWhen the lock button is pushed in, only thedriver side window can be opened or closed.Push it in again to cancel.

Automatic operation

To fully open or close the front window,

SII0271

SII0198A

SII0272

SII0280


2-30

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

completely press or lift the switch and releaseit; it need not be held. The window willautomatically open or close all the way. Tostop the window, just press or lift the switchon the opposite side.

Auto reverse function (For frontwindows)

If the control unit detects something caught ina front window as it moves up, the windowwill be immediately lowered.

The auto reverse function can be activatedwhen a front window is closed by automaticoperation when the ignition key is in the ONposition or for about 45 seconds after theignition key is turned to the OFF position.

Depending on the environment or driv-ing conditions, the auto reverse functionmay be activated if an impact or loadsimilar to something being caught in thewindow occurs.

WARNING

There are some small distances im-mediately before the closed positionwhich cannot be detected. Make surethat all passengers have their hands,etc., inside the vehicle before clos-ing the window.

SUNROOFELECTRIC SUNROOFThe sunroof operates when the ignition key isin the ON position, or for about 45 secondsafter the ignition key is turned to the OFFposition. If the driver’s, or front passenger’sdoor is opened during this period of about 45seconds, power to the sunroof is canceled.

Sliding the sunroof

To open the sunroof, move the slide switchthe required distance to the side.

To close the roof, move the slide switch to theside.

Sliding position of lid can be chosen accord-ing to sliding amount of switch.

To fully open or close the roof, completelymove the switch to the or side.

SII0376


2-31

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

Restarting the sunroof slidingswitch

The sliding switch will become inoperableafter the battery terminal is disconnected, theelectrical supply interrupted and/or some ab-normality detected.

Use the following re-set procedure to returnsunroof operation to normal.

1. If the sunroof lid is open, push the tiltingswitch repeatedly toward tilt DOWN to fullyclose the lid.

2. After the lid has closed all the way, keeppushing the tilting switch toward tiltDOWN for more than 1 second.

Auto reverse function (Whenclosing the sunroof)If the control unit detects something caught inthe sunroof as it moves to the front, thesunroof will immediately open backward.

The auto reverse function can be activated

when the sunroof is closed by automaticoperation when the ignition key is in the ONposition or for about 45 seconds after theignition key is turned to the OFF position.

Depending on the environment or driv-ing conditions, the auto reverse functionmay be activated if an impact or loadsimilar to something being caught in thesunroof occurs.

WARNING

There are some small distances im-mediately before the closed positionwhich cannot be detected. Make surethat all passengers have their hands,etc., inside the vehicle before clos-ing the sunroof.

Tilting the sunroof

To tilt up, first close the sunroof, then pressand hold the side of the tilt switch. Totilt down the sunroof, press and hold the

side.

Sun shade

Open/close the sun shade by sliding itbackward/forward.

The shade will open automatically when thesunroof is opened. However, it must beclosed manually.

WARNING

O In an accident you could be thrownfrom the vehicle through an opensunroof. Always use seat belts andchild restraints.

O Do not allow anyone to stand up


2-32

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

or extend any portion of theirbody out of the opening while thevehicle is in motion or while thesunroof is closing.

CAUTION

O Remove water drops, snow, ice orsand from the sunroof beforeopening.

O Do not place any heavy object onthe sunroof or surrounding area.

If the sunroof does not closeHave your INFINITI dealer check and repair thesunroof.

REAR SUN SHADE

CAUTION

O To avoid personal injury, keepyour hands, fingers and headaway from the sun shade arm, armrail and screen inlet port.

O Do not allow children near therear sun shade system. Theycould be injured.

O Do not place objects on or nearthe rear sun shade. This couldcause improper operation ordamage it.

O Do not pull or push the rear sunshade. This could cause improperoperation or damage it.

SII0377


2-33

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

The rear sun shade operates when the ignitionkey is in the ACC or ON position.

To raise the screen, push the UP side of theswitch.

To lower the screen, push the DOWN side ofthe switch.

The switch need not be held down.

CAUTION

O Do not place objects (such asnewspapers, handkerchiefs, etc.)on the screen inlet port. Doing somay entangle these objects in thescreen when it is extending or re-tracting, causing improper opera-tion or damage to the screen.

O Do not place any object on thescreen inlet port. Improper opera-

tion or damage to the screen mayresult.

O Do not push the sun shade armwith your hands, etc., as this maydeform it. Improper operation ordamage to the screen may result.

O Do not put any object into thescreen inlet port as this may re-sult in improper operation ordamage the screen.

O Do not hang any object on the armrail as this may result in improperoperation or damage the screen.

O Do not forcefully pull the screen.Doing so may elongate thescreen. Improper operation ordamage to the screen may result.

CLOCK

If the power supply is disconnected, theclock will not indicate the correct time.Readjust the time.

ADJUSTING THE TIMETo adjust the time, turn the adjusting knob.

SII0274


2-34

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

TRIP COMPUTER

The display of the trip computer is situated inthe tachometer display. When the ignition isturned to ON, the display scrolls all the modesof the trip computer and then shows the modechosen before the ignition switch is turnedOFF .

If the battery terminal is disconnected,push the trip computer mode switchmore than 1 second to activate the com-puter.

When the ignition switch is turned to ON,modes of the trip computer can be selected bypushing once on the trip mode switch. Thefollowing modes can be selected:

Outside air temperature (ICY —°F or °C)

The outside air temperature is displayed in °For °C.

The outside air temperature mode includes alow temperature warning feature: below 37°F(3°C), the outside air temperature mode is

automatically selected and ICY will illuminatein order to draw the driver’s attention. Pressthe mode switch if you wish to return to themode that was selected before the warningoccurred. The ICY indicator will continueblinking as long as the temperature remainsbelow 39°F (4°C).

Distance to empty (dte — mileor km)

The distance to empty (dte) mode providesyou with an estimation of the distance that canbe driven before refueling. The dte is con-stantly being calculated, based on the amountof fuel in the fuel tank and the actual fuelconsumption.

The display is updated every 30 seconds.

The dte mode includes a low range warningfeature: when the fuel level is low, the dtemode is automatically selected and the digitsblink in order to draw the driver’s attention.Press the mode switch if you wish to return to

SII0381

SII0379


2-35

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

the mode that was selected before the warningoccurred. The dte mark (dte) will remainblinking until the vehicle is refuelled.

When the fuel level drops even lower, the dtedisplay will change to ( ).

NOTE:

O If the amount of fuel added while theignition switch is OFF is small, thedisplay just before the ignition switchis turned OFF may continue to be dis-played.

O When driving uphill or roundingcurves, the fuel in the tank shifts,which may momentarily change thedisplay.

Average fuel consumption( or )The Average fuel consumption mode showsthe average fuel consumption since the lastreset. Resetting is done by pressing the mode

switch for more than approximately 1 second.The display is updated every 30 seconds. Atabout the first 1/3 miles (500 m) after a reset,the display shows ( ).

Average speed ( or )

The average speed mode shows the averagevehicle speed since last reset. Resetting isdone by pressing the mode switch for morethan approximately 1 second. The display isupdated every 30 seconds. The first 30 sec-onds after a reset, the display shows ( ).

Journey time

The journey time mode shows the time sincethe last reset. The displayed time can be resetby pressing the mode switch for more thanapproximately 1 second.

NOTE:

If a low temperature warning and lowrange warning occur simultaneously,other display modes switch automati-

cally to the outside temperature dis-play.

When the mode switch is pushed, thedisplay switches to the mode chosen be-fore the warning display, and the out-side air temperature indicator markedICY will blink.

INTERIOR LIGHT

CEILING

The light has a three-position switch.

When the switch is in the center j position,

IIC038M


2-36

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

the light will illuminate when a door isopened.

The light will stay on for about 30 secondswhen:

O The driver’s door is unlocked by themulti-remote controller, a key or the lock-unlock switch while all doors are closed.

O The driver’s door is opened and thenclosed while the key is removed from theignition switch.

O The key is removed from the ignitionswitch while all doors are closed.

The ceiling light will turn off while the 30second timer is activated, when:

O The driver’s door is locked either with themulti-remote controller, a key, or thelock-unlock switch.

O The ignition switch is turned ON.

When the interior light switch or per-

sonal light switch is in the ON position,the interior, personal and vanity mirrorlights will automatically turn off 30 min-utes after the ignition switch has beenturned to the OFF position. To turn on thelight again, insert the key into the igni-tion switch and move it to the ON posi-tion.

After the above procedure, the interior, per-sonal or vanity mirror lights will automaticallyturn off 30 minutes after the latest operation ofthe following with the ignition switch in theACC or OFF position:

O Opening or closing any door

O Locking or unlocking with the multi-remote controller, the lock-unlock switchor a key

O Inserting or removing a key from theignition switch

These lights will turn on again when any of theabove operations is performed after the lights

have turned off automatically. (The lights willturn off 30 minutes after the latest operation ofthe above as well.)

CAUTION

Turn off the interior, personal andvanity mirror lights when you leavethe vehicle.

PERSONAL LIGHTWhen the interior light switch or per-sonal light switch is in the ON position,the interior, personal and vanity mirrorlights will automatically turn off 30 min-utes after the ignition switch has beenturned to the OFF position. To turn on thelight again, insert the key into the igni-tion switch and move it to the ON posi-tion.

After the above procedure, the interior, per-


2-37

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

sonal or vanity mirror lights will automaticallyturn off 30 minutes after the latest operation ofthe following with the ignition switch in theACC or OFF position:




These lights will turn on again when any of theabove operations is performed after the lightshave turned off automatically. (The lights willturn off 30 minutes after the latest operation ofthe above as well.)

CAUTION

Turn off the interior, personal and

vanity mirror lights when you leavethe vehicle.

FRONT

SII0378


2-38

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

VANITY MIRROR LIGHTS

The light on the vanity mirror will turn onwhen the cover on the vanity mirror is opened.

When the interior light switch or per-sonal light switch is in the ON position,the interior, personal and vanity mirrorlights will automatically turn off 30 min-utes after the ignition switch has beenturned to the OFF position. To turn on thelight again, insert the key into the igni-tion switch and move it to the ON posi-tion.

After the above procedure, the interior, per-sonal, vanity mirror or trunk lights will auto-matically turn off 30 minutes after the latestoperation of the following with the ignitionswitch in the ACC or OFF position:




These lights will turn on again when any of theabove operations is performed after the lightshave turned off automatically. (The lights willturn off 30 minutes after the latest operation ofthe above as well.)

CAUTION

Turn off the interior, personal and

vanity mirror lights when you leavethe vehicle.

TRUNK LIGHTThe light illuminates when the trunk lid isopened. When the trunk lid is closed, the lightwill go off.

HomeLinkT UNIVERSALTRANSCEIVER (if soequipped)The HomeLinkT Universal Transceiver pro-vides a convenient way to consolidate thefunctions of up to three individual hand-heldtransmitters into one built-in device.

The HomeLinkT Universal Transceiver powerwill automatically turn off 30 minutes after theignition switch has been turned to the offposition.

HomeLinkT Universal Transceiver:

SII0055


2-39

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

O Will operate most Radio Frequency (RF)devices such as garage doors, gates, homeand office lighting, entry door locks andsecurity systems.

O Is powered by your vehicle’s battery. Noseparate batteries are required. If the vehi-cle’s battery is discharged or is discon-nected, HomeLinkT will retain all pro-gramming.

Once the HomeLinkT Universal Trans-ceiver is programmed, retain the origi-nal transmitter for future programmingprocedures (Example: new vehicle pur-chases). Upon sale of the vehicle, theprogrammed HomeLinkT UniversalTransceiver buttons should be erasedfor security purposes. For additional in-formation, refer to “ProgrammingHomeLinkT” later in this section.

WARNING

O Do not use the HomeLinkT Univer-sal Transceiver with any garagedoor opener that lacks safety stopand reverse features as requiredby federal safety standards.(These standards became effec-tive for opener models manufac-tured after April 1, 1982). A ga-rage door opener which cannot de-tect an object in the path of a clos-ing garage door and then auto-matically stop and reverse, doesnot meet current federal safetystandards. Using a garage dooropener without these features in-creases the risk of serious injuryor death.

O During programming, your ga-

rage door or gate may open orclose. Make sure that people andobjects are clear of the garagedoor or gate that you are pro-gramming.

O Your vehicle’s engine should beturned off while programming theHomeLinkT Universal Trans-ceiver.

PROGRAMMING HomeLinkT

To program your HomeLink Transceiver tooperate a garage door, gate, or entry dooropener, home or office lighting, you need tobe at the same location as the device. Note:Garage door openers (manufactured after1996) have “rolling code protection”. Toprogram a garage door opener equipped with“rolling code protection”; you will need to usea ladder to get up to the garage door opener


2-40

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

motor to be able to access the “smart or learn”program button.

1. To begin, press and hold the 2 outerHomeLinkT buttons (to clear the memory)until the indicator light blinks slowly (after20 seconds). Release both buttons.

2. Position the end of the hand-held trans-mitter 1-3 inches away from theHomeLinkT surface.

3. Using both hands, simultaneously pressand hold both the HomeLinkT button youwant to program and the hand-held trans-mitter button.DO NOT release the buttons until step 4has been completed.

4. Hold down both buttons until the indicatorlight on the HomeLinkT flashes, changingfrom a “slow blink” to a “rapidly flashingblink”. This could take up to 90 seconds.When the indicator light flashes rapidly,both buttons may be released. The rapidly

flashing light indicates successful pro-gramming. To activate the garage door orother programmed device, press and holdthe programmed HomeLinkT button - re-leasing when the device begins to activate.

5. If the indicator light on the HomeLinkTblinks rapidly for two seconds and thenturns solid, HomeLinkT has picked up a“rolling code” garage door opener signal.You will need to proceed with the nextsteps to train the HomeLinkT to completethe programming which may require aladder and another person for conve-nience.

6. Press and release the “smart” or “learn”program button located on the garage dooropener’s motor to activate the “trainingmode”. This button is usually located nearthe antenna wire that hangs down from themotor. If the wire originates from under alight lens, you will need to remove the lensto access the program button.

SII0395

SII0396


2-41

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

NOTE:

Once you have pressed and released theprogram button on the garage dooropener’s motor and the “training light”is lit, you have 30 seconds in which toperform step 7. Use the help of a secondperson for convenience to assist whenperforming this step.

7. Quickly within 30 seconds of pressing andreleasing the garage door opener programbutton, firmly press and release theHomeLinkT button you’ve just pro-grammed. Press and release theHomeLinkT button up to three times tocomplete the training.

8. Your HomeLinkT button should now beprogrammed. (To program the remainingHomeLinkT buttons for additional door orgate openers, follow steps 2-8 only.

NOTE:

Do not repeat step one unless you want

to “clear” all previously programmedHomeLinkT buttons).

If you have any questions or are havingdifficulty programming your HomeLinkT but-tons, please refer to the HomeLinkT web siteat: www.homelink.com or call 1-800-662-6200.

PROGRAMMING HomeLinkTFOR CANADIAN CUSTOMERSPrior to 1992, D.O.C. regulations requiredhand-held transmitters to stop transmittingafter 2 seconds. To program your hand-heldtransmitter to HomeLinkT, continue to pressand hold the HomeLinkT button (note steps 2through 4 under “Programming HomeLinkT ”)while you press and re-press (“cycle”) yourhand-held transmitter every 2 seconds untilthe indicator light flashes rapidly (indicatingsuccessful programming).

NOTE:

If programming a garage door opener,

etc., it is advised to unplug the deviceduring the “cycling” process to preventpossible damage to the garage dooropener components.

OPERATING THE HomeLinkTUNIVERSAL TRANSCEIVER

The HomeLinkT Universal Transceiver (onceprogrammed) may now be used to activate thegarage door, etc. To operate, simply press theappropriate programmed HomeLinkT Univer-sal Transceiver button. The red indicator lightwill illuminate while the signal is beingtransmitted.

PROGRAMMING TROUBLE DI-AGNOSISIf the HomeLinkT does not quickly learn thehand-held transmitter information:

O replace the hand-held transmitter batterieswith new batteries.

O position the hand-held transmitter with its


2-42

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

battery area facing away from theHomeLinkT surface.

O press and hold both the HomeLinkT andhand-held transmitter buttons without in-terruption.

O position the hand-held transmitter 2 to 5inches (50 to 127 mm) away from theHomeLinkT surface. Hold the transmitterin that position for up to 15 seconds. IfHomeLinkT is not programmed within thattime, try holding the transmitter in anotherposition - keeping the indicator light inview at all times.

If you continue to have programming difficul-ties, please contact the INFINITI ConsumerAffairs Department. The phone numbers arelocated in the Foreword of this Owner’sManual.

CLEARING THE PROGRAMMEDINFORMATIONIndividual buttons cannot be cleared, however

to clear all programming, press and hold thetwo outside buttons and release when theindicator light begins to flash (approximately20 seconds).

REPROGRAMMING A SINGLEHomeLinkT BUTTON

To reprogram a HomeLinkT Universal Trans-ceiver button, complete the following.

1. Press and hold the desired HomeLinkTbutton. Do not release the button untilstep 4 has been completed.

2. When the indicator light begins to flashslowly (after 20 seconds), position thehand-held transmitter 2 to 5 inches (50 to127 mm) away from the HomeLinkT sur-face.

3. Press and hold the hand-held transmitterbutton.

4. The HomeLinkT indicator light will flash,first slowly and then rapidly. When the

indicator light begins to flash rapidly,release both buttons.

The HomeLinkT Universal Transceiver buttonhas now been reprogrammed. The new devicecan be activated by pushing the HomeLinkTbutton that was just programmed. This pro-cedure will not affect any other programmedHomeLinkT buttons.

IF YOUR VEHICLE IS STOLENIf your vehicle is stolen, you should changethe codes of any non-rolling code device thathas been programmed into HomeLinkT. Con-sult the Owner’s Manual of each device or callthe manufacturer or dealer of those devices foradditional information.

When your vehicle is recovered, you willneed to reprogram the HomeLinkT Uni-versal Transceiver with your new trans-mitter information.


2-43

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

FCC Notice:

This device complies with FCC rules part15. Operation is subject to the followingtwo conditions: (1) This device may notcause harmful interference and (2) Thisdevice must accept any interference thatmay be received, including interferencethat may cause undesired operation.

The transmitter has been tested andcomplies with FCC and DOC/MDC rules.Changes or modifications not expresslyapproved by the party responsible forcompliance could void the user’s au-thority to operate the device.

DOC: ISTC 1763K1313

FCC I.D.: CB2V67690


2-44

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

3 PRE-DRIVING CHECKS AND ADJUSTMENTS

Keys ............................................................. 3-2Doors ........................................................... 3-3

Locking with key .................................... 3-3Front window open/close with key ........ 3-3Locking with inside lock knob ............... 3-4Locking with power door lock switch.... 3-4Child safety rear door lock..................... 3-4

Remote keyless entry system ..................... 3-5How to use remote keyless entrysystem.................................................... 3-5Battery replacement ............................... 3-9

Hood .......................................................... 3-10Trunk lid .................................................... 3-11

Opener operation.................................. 3-11Secondary trunk lid release ................. 3-12Interior trunk lid release....................... 3-12

Fuel filler lid............................................... 3-13Opener operation.................................. 3-13Fuel filler cap........................................ 3-13

Steering wheel ........................................... 3-15Tilt operation........................................ 3-15

Sun visors.................................................. 3-16Mirrors....................................................... 3-16

Automatic anti-glare inside mirror ...... 3-16Outside mirrors .................................... 3-18Automatic drive positioner (if soequipped).............................................. 3-19Memory storage function..................... 3-19Entry/exit function ................................ 3-20System operation ................................. 3-21Cancel switch ....................................... 3-21

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

KEYS

You can only drive your vehicle using themaster or valet keys which are registered to

the Infiniti Vehicle Immobilizer System com-ponents in your vehicle. These keys have atransponder chip in the key head. (The walletkey cannot be used to drive your vehicle.)

The master key and wallet key can be used forall the locks.

When the key case with the wallet key isplaced into your wallet, be careful not toapply excessive force to the wallet as itor other cards could be damaged.

The valet key cannot be used for the trunk lidor glove box locks.

To protect belongings when you leave a keywith someone, give them the valet key only.

Never leave these keys in the vehicle.Record the key number on the key numberplate supplied with your keys and keep it in asafe place (such as your wallet), not in thevehicle. INFINITI does not record any keynumbers so it is very important to keep track

of your key number plate.A key number is only necessary when youhave lost all keys and do not have one toduplicate from. If you still have a key, this keycan be duplicated by your INFINITI dealer.INFINITI VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEMKEY - Master and Security keys:The key number is necessary when you needextra Infiniti Vehicle Immobilizer System keys.As many as 5 Infiniti Vehicle ImmobilizerSystem keys can be used with one vehicle.New keys must be registered to the InfinitiVehicle Immobilizer System components inyour vehicle by your INFINITI dealer. At thistime, you should bring all Infiniti VehicleImmobilizer System keys that you have to yourINFINITI dealer for registration. This is be-cause the registration process will erase allmemory of the Infiniti Vehicle ImmobilizerSystem components.

Do not allow the imobilizer system key,which contains an electrical transpon-

SIP0233D

PRE-DRIVING CHECKS AND ADJUSTMENTS

3-2

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

der, to come into contact with salt wa-ter. This could affect system function.

DOORS

WARNING

O Always have the doors lockedwhile driving. Along with the useof seat belts, this provides greatersafety in the event of an accidentby helping to prevent persons frombeing thrown from the vehicle.This also helps keep children andothers from unintentionally open-ing the doors, and will help keepout intruders.

O Before opening any door, alwayslook for and avoid oncomingtraffic.

O Do not leave children unattendedinside the vehicle. They couldunknowingly activate switches orcontrols. Unattended childrencould become involved in seriousaccidents.

LOCKING WITH KEY

Power

The power door lock system allows you tolock or unlock all doors simultaneously.

O Turning the driver’s door key to the front ofthe vehicle will lock all doors.

O Turning the driver’s door key one time tothe rear of the vehicle will unlock thecorresponding door. From that position,returning the key to neutral (where the keycan only be removed and inserted.) andturning it to the rear again within 5seconds will unlock all doors.

FRONT WINDOW OPEN/CLOSEWITH KEYTurn the door key to unlock position and holdfor 1 second, the front window will begin tolower.To stop opening, turn the key to the neutralposition.

To close the front window with the door keycylinder, turn the key to lock position andhold for 1 second.

SIP0229


3-3

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

To stop closing, turn the key to the neutralposition.

In the event of a hand in the way, or otherobstruction, the auto reverse function willactivate.

LOCKING WITH INSIDE LOCKKNOB

To individually lock the doors, move theinside lock knob to the LOCK position, thenclose the door. To unlock, pull the inside lockknob up to the unlock position.

When locking the door without a key, besure not to leave the key inside the ve-hicle.

LOCKING WITH POWER DOORLOCK SWITCH

All door locks will be engaged when the powerdoor lock switch is moved to the LOCKposition with the driver’s or front passenger’sdoor open. Then close the door and all doorswill be locked.

Lockout protection

When the power door lock switch (driver orfront passenger) is moved to the lock positionwith the key in the ignition and any door open,all doors will lock and unlock automatically.This helps to prevent the keys from beingaccidentally locked inside the vehicle.

CHILD SAFETY REAR DOORLOCK

Child safety locking helps prevent doors frombeing opened accidentally, especially when

SIP0051

SIP0253

SIP0052


3-4

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

small children are in the vehicle.

When the lever is in the lock position,the rear door can be opened only fromthe outside.

REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRYSYSTEMIt is possible to lock/unlock all doors andactivate the panic alarm by using the keyfobfrom outside the vehicle.Before locking the doors, make sure thekey is not left in the vehicle.The keyfob can operate at a distance ofapproximately 33 ft (10 m) from the vehicle.(The effective distance depends upon theconditions around the vehicle.)As many as four keyfobs can be used with onevehicle. For information concerning the pur-chase and use of additional keyfobs, contactyour INFINITI dealer.

The keyfob will not function when:

O the battery is discharged,

O the distance between the vehicle and thekeyfob is over 33 ft (10 m).

The panic alarm will not activate whenthe key is in the ignition switch.

CAUTION

The following conditions or occur-rences will damage the keyfob.

O Do not allow the keyfob to be-come wet.

O Do not drop the keyfob.

O Do not strike the keyfob sharplyagainst another object.

O Do not place the keyfob for anextended period in an area where

temperatures exceed 140°F(60°C).

If a keyfob is lost or stolen, INFINITIrecommends erasing the ID code ofthat controller. This will prevent thecontroller from unauthorized use tounlock the vehicle. For informationregarding the erasing procedure,please contact an INFINITI dealer.

HOW TO USE REMOTE KEYLESSENTRY SYSTEM

Setting hazard and horn chirpmode

The factory setting of the remote keyless entrysystem is in hazard and horn chirp mode.

In hazard and horn chirp mode, when theLOCK button is pushed, the hazard indicatorflashes twice and the horn chirps once. When


3-5

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

the UNLOCK button is pushed, the hazardindicator flashes once.

If hazard and horn chirp mode is not neces-sary, you can switch to normal mode byfollowing the switching procedure.

In normal mode, when the LOCK button ispushed, the hazard indicator flashes twice.When the UNLOCK button is pushed, neitherthe hazard indicator nor the horn operates.

(Switching procedure)

Push the LOCK and UNLOCK buttons on thekeyfob simultaneously for more than 2 sec-onds to switch from one mode to the other.

When pushing the buttons to set normalmode, the hazard indicator flashes 3 times.

When pushing the buttons to set hazard andhorn chirp mode, the hazard indicator flashesonce and the horn chirps once.

Locking doors

1. Remove the ignition key.*1

2. Close all the doors.*2

3. Push the LOCK button on the keyfob.

4. All the doors will lock.

All of the doors will lock when the LOCK

button on the keyfob is pushed eventhough a door remains open and/or theignition key is in the ON position.

5. The hazard indicator flashes twice and thehorn chirps once.

O When the LOCK button is pushed with alldoors locked, the hazard indicator flashes

SIP0247


3-6

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

twice and the horn chirps once as areminder that the doors are already locked.

*1: Doors lock with the keyfob while a key isin the ignition switch. However, the panicalarm will not activate when the key is inthe ignition switch.

*2: Doors lock with the keyfob while any dooris open. However, hazard and horn chirpmode will not function.

SIP0313


3-7

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

Unlocking doors

1. Pushing the UNLOCK button on the keyfobonce.

O Only the driver’s door unlocks

O The hazard indicator flashes once if alldoors are completely closed with the igni-tion key in any position except the ONposition.

O The interior light turns on and the lighttimer activates for 30 seconds when theswitch is in the center j position with theignition key in any position except the ONposition.

2. Push the UNLOCK button on the keyfobagain within 5 seconds.

O All doors unlock

O The hazard indicator flashes once if alldoors are completely closed.

If the following operation is not carried

out within 5 minutes after pressing theUNLOCK button, all doors will be lockedautomatically.

O When any door is not opened.

O When the ignition key is not set in theON position.

The interior light can be turned off withoutwaiting for 30 seconds by turning the ignitionswitch to the ON position or by locking thedoors with the keyfob.

Opening the front window

Push the UNLOCK button on the keyfob.

The driver’s door will unlock.

Continue to press the UNLOCK button for 3seconds. The driver’s and front passenger’swindows will be lowered.

Continue to press the UNLOCK button untilwindows are fully open.

To stop lowering the windows, release theUNLOCK button.

To start lowering the windows, press theUNLOCK button again for 3 more seconds.

This function will operate after the ignitionswitch is off and 45 seconds passed or eitherthe front door is opened.

Releasing the trunk lid1. Push the TRUNK button on the keyfob for

longer than 0.5 second with the keyremoved from the ignition key cylinder.

2. The trunk lid opens.

The trunk lid will not open when the trunk lidcancel lever is in the CANCEL position.It can be opened only with the key.

See “Trunk lid” later in this section for cancellever.

Using the panic alarmIf you are near your vehicle and feel threat-


3-8

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

ened, you may activate the alarm to callattention as follows:

1. Push the PANIC button on the keyfob forlonger than 0.5 seconds.

2. The theft warning alarm and headlights willstay on for 30 seconds.

3. The panic alarm stops when:

O It has run for 30 seconds, or

O The LOCK or the UNLOCK button ispressed, or

O The panic button or trunk lid releasebutton is pushed on the keyfob for longerthan 0.5 seconds.

BATTERY REPLACEMENT Replace the battery as follows:

1. Open the lid using a suitable tool.

2. Replace the battery with a new one.Recommended battery: Sanyo CR2025 orequivalent

Make sure that the ! side faces the bot-tom case.

3. Close the lid securely.

4. Push the keyfob button two or three timesto check its operation.

See your INFINITI dealer if you need anyassistance for replacement.

If the battery is removed for any reasonother than replacement, perform step 4above.

O An improperly disposed battery canharm the environment. Always con-firm local regulations for battery dis-posal.

SIP0311


3-9

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

O The keyfob is water-proof; however,if it does get wet, immediately wipecompletely dry.

O When changing batteries, do not letdust or oil get on the controller.

FCC Notice:

Changes or modifications not expresslyapproved by the manufacturer compli-ance could void the user’s authority tooperate the equipment.

This device complies with Part 15 of theFCC Rules and RSS-210 of IndustryCanada.

Operation is subject to the following twoconditions: (1) This device may notcause harmful interference, and (2) thisdevice must accept any interference re-ceived, including interference that maycause undesired operation of the de-vice.

HOOD

1. Pull the hood lock release handle j1located below the instrument panel; thehood will then spring up slightly.

2. Pull the lever j2 at the front of the hoodwith your fingertips and raise the hood.

3. When closing the hood, slowly close thehood and make sure it locks into place.

WARNING

O Make sure the hood is completelyclosed and latched before driving.Failure to do so could cause thehood to fly open and result in anaccident.

O If you see steam or smoke coming

SIP0314


3-10

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

from the engine compartment, toavoid injury do not open the hood.

TRUNK LID

WARNING

O Do not drive with the trunk lidopen. This could allow dangerousexhaust gases to be drawn into thevehicle. See “Precautions whenstarting and driving” in the “5.Starting and driving” section forexhaust gas.

O Closely supervise children whenthey are around cars to preventthem from playing and becominglocked in the trunk where theycould be seriously injured. Keep

the car locked, with the trunkclosed, when not in use, andprevent children’s access to carkeys.

OPENER OPERATION

The trunk lid release button is located underthe driver’s arm rest. To open the trunk lid,

SIP0255


3-11

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

pull the release button.

To close, push the trunk lid down securely.

Cancel lever

When the lever is in the cancel position, thetrunk lid cannot be opened with the trunk lidrelease button. It can be opened only with thestring handle.

SECONDARY TRUNK LID RE-LEASE

To open the trunk lid from the rear seat, foldthe rear seat and pull the rear seat trunkrelease handle. To close, push the trunk liddown securely.

INTERIOR TRUNK LID RELEASE

WARNING

Closely supervise children when theyare around cars to prevent them fromplaying and becoming locked in thetrunk where they could be seriouslyinjured. Keep the car locked, with thetrunk closed, when not in use, andprevent children’s access to car

SIP0061

SIP0315

SIP0271


3-12

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

keys.

The interior trunk lid release mechanismprovides a means of escape for children andadults in the event they become locked insidethe trunk.

To open the trunk lid from the inside, pull therelease handle towards you until the lockreleases and push up on the trunk lid. Therelease lever is made of a material that glowsin the dark after a brief exposure to ambientlight.

The handle is located on the back side of thetrunk lid inside the trunk compartment.

FUEL FILLER LIDOPENER OPERATION

To open the fuel filler lid, push the openerswitch. To lock, close the fuel filler lidsecurely.

FUEL FILLER CAP

WARNING

O Gasoline is extremely flammableand highly explosive under certainconditions. You could be burnedor seriously injured if it is misusedor mishandled. Always stop theengine and do not smoke or allowopen flames or sparks near the ve-hicle when refueling.

O Fuel may be under pressure. Turnthe cap a third of a turn, and waitfor any hissing sound to stop toprevent fuel from spraying outand possible personal injury.SIP0257


3-13

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

Then remove the cap.

O Do not attempt to top off the fueltank after the fuel pump nozzleshuts off automatically.Continued refueling may causefuel overflow, resulting in fuelspray and possibly a fire.

O Use only an original equipmenttype fuel filler cap as a replace-ment. It has a built-in safety valveneeded for proper operation ofthe fuel system and emissioncontrol system. An incorrect capcan result in a serious malfunc-tion and possible injury. It couldalso cause the malfunctionindicator lamp to come on.

O Never pour fuel into the throttlebody to attempt to start yourvehicle.

O Do not fill a portable fuel con-tainer in the vehicle or trailer.Static electricity can cause anexplosion of flammable liquid,vapor or gas in any vehicle ortrailer. To reduce the risk of se-rious injury or death when fillingportable fuel containers:— Always place the container on

the ground when filling.— Do not use electronic devices

while filling.— Keep the pump nozzle in con-

tact with the container whileyou are filling it.

— Use only approved portable fuelcontainers for flammable liquid.

CAUTION

O If fuel is spilled on the car body,

flush it away with water to avoidpaint damage.

O Tighten until the fuel filler capclicks. Failure to tighten the fuelfiller cap properly may cause the

malfunction indicator lamp(MIL) to illuminate. If the

lamp illuminates becausethe fuel filler cap is loose ormissing, tighten or install the capand continue to drive the vehicle.The lamp should turn offafter a few driving trips. If the

lamp does not turn off aftera few driving trips, have the ve-hicle inspected by an INFINITIdealer.

O For additional information, seethe “Malfunction indicator lamp(MIL)” in the “2. Instruments andcontrols” section.


3-14

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

The fuel filler cap is a ratcheting type. Tightenthe cap clockwise until ratcheting clicks areheard.

Put the fuel filler cap on the cap holder whilerefueling.

STEERING WHEEL

WARNING

Do not adjust the steering wheelwhile driving. You could lose controlof your vehicle and cause an acci-dent.

TILT OPERATION

Pull the lock lever and while holding down,adjust the steering wheel up or down to thedesired position.

Push the lock lever back into place to lock thesteering wheel in place.

SIP0316

SIP0259


3-15

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

SUN VISORS

CAUTION

Store the main sun visor after storingthe extension sun visor.

MIRRORS

AUTOMATIC ANTI-GLAREINSIDE MIRROR

The inside mirror is designed so that itautomatically changes reflection according tothe intensity of the headlight of the followingvehicle.

When the mirror switch is in the ON position,AUTO indicator light remains on and exces-sive glare from the headlights of the vehiclebehind you will be reduced automatically.

When the switch is in the OFF position, theinside mirror will operate normally.

When the COMP switch is in the ON position,the compass display will indicate the headingdirection of the vehicle.

If the display reads “C”, calibrate the compassby driving the vehicle in 3 complete circles atless than five mph.

The compass needs to be calibrated.Drive the vehicle in 3 circles at five mphor less until the display reads a direc-tion. You can also calibrate the compassby driving your vehicle on your everydayroutine. The compass will be calibratedonce it has tracked 3 complete circles.

Zone variation change procedureThe difference between magnetic north andgeographical north is known as variance. Insome areas, this difference can sometimes begreat enough to cause false compass read-ings. Follow these instructions to set the

SIP0263

SIP0272


3-16

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

variance for your particular location if thishappens:

1. Press the “COMPASS” switch for morethan 3 seconds. The current zone numberwill appear in the display.

2. Find your current location and varianceone number on the zone map.

3. Press the “COMPASS” switch until thenew zone number appears in the display.After you stop pressing the button in, thedisplay will show a compass directionwithin a few seconds.

Inaccurate compass direction:

1. With the display turned on, push the“COMP” switch for 3 seconds, until thezone selection comes up (a number will bedisplayed in the mirror compass window).

2. Toggle until correct zone is found andrelease switch.

3. The display will show all segments, and

return to the normal compass mode within10 seconds of no switch activity.

4. If the vehicle changes zone, repeat steps 1thru 3. See map.

O If the compass deviates from the correctindication soon after repeated adjustment,have the compass checked at an dealer.

O The compass may not indicate the correctcompass point in tunnels or while drivingup or down a steep hill.(The compass returns to the correct com-pass point when the vehicle moves to anarea where the geomagnetism is stabi-lized.)

CAUTION

O Do not install a ski rack, antenna,etc. which are attached to the ve-

hicle by means of a magnet. Theyaffect the operation of the com-pass.

O When cleaning the mirror, use apaper towel or similar materialdampened with glass cleaner. Donot spray glass cleaner directlyon the mirror as it may cause theliquid cleaner to enter the mirrorhousing.


3-17

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

OUTSIDE MIRRORS

The outside mirror will operate only when theignition switch is in the ACC or ON position.

Turn the control knob to the right or left toselect the right or left outside mirror, thenadjust using the control knob.

SII0114

SIP0273


3-18

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

WARNING

Objects viewed in the outside mirroron the passenger side are closer thanthey appear. Be careful when movingto the right. Using only this mirrorcould cause an accident. Use insidemirror or glance over your shoulderto properly judge distances to otherobjects.

Foldable outside mirrors

Fold the outside mirror by pushing it towardthe rear of the vehicle.

AUTOMATIC DRIVE POSI-TIONER

The automatic drive positioner system has twofeatures:

O Memory storage function

O Entry/exit function

MEMORY STORAGE FUNCTION

Two positions for the driver’s seat, steeringcolumn, and outside mirrors can be stored inthe automatic drive positioner memory. Fol-low these procedures to use the memorysystem.

1. Set the shift selector lever to the P (Park)position.

2. Turn the ignition ON.

3. Adjust the driver’s seat, steering columnand outside mirrors to the desired posi-

IPD073M

SIP0261


3-19

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

tions by manually operating each adjustingswitch. For additional information, see“Seats” in the “Safety — Seats, seat beltsand supplemental air bags” section and“Steering wheel” and “Outside mirrors”earlier in this section.

During this step, do not turn the ignition toany positions other than ON.

4. Push the SET switch and, within 5 sec-onds, push the memory switch (1 or 2)fully for at least 1 second.

The indicator light for the pushed memoryswitch will come on and stay on forapproximately 5 seconds after pushing theswitch. After the indicator light goes off,the selected positions are stored in theselected memory (1 or 2).

If memory is stored in the same memoryswitch, the previous memory will be deleted.

Confirming memory storage

O Turn the ignition ON and push the SETswitch. If the main memory has not beenstored, the indicator light will come on forapproximately 0.5 seconds. When thememory has stored the position, the indi-cator light will stay on for approximately 5seconds.

O If the battery cable is disconnected, or ifthe fuse blows, the memory will be can-celed. In such a case, reset the desiredpositions using the following procedures.

1. Open and close the driver’s door morethan two times with the ignition key in theLOCK position.

2. Reset the desired position using the pre-vious procedure.

Selecting the memorized position1. Set the automatic transmission selector

lever to the P (Park) position.

2. Turn the ignition ON.

3. Push the memory switch (1 or 2) fully forat least 1 second.

The driver’s seat, steering column andoutside mirrors will move to the memo-rized position with the indicator light flash-ing, and then the light will stay on forapproximately 5 seconds.

ENTRY/EXIT FUNCTION

This system is designed so that the driver’sseat and steering column will automaticallymove when the automatic transmission selec-tor lever is in the P (Park) position. Thisallows the driver to get into and out of thedriver’s seat more easily.

The driver’s seat will slide backward and thesteering wheel will move up:

O When the key is removed from the ignitionswitch.


3-20

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

O When the driver’s door is opened with thekey turned to LOCK.

O When the key is turned from ACC to LOCKwith the driver’s door open while theautomatic transmission selector lever is inthe P (Park) position.

The driver’s seat and steering wheel will returnto the previous position:

O When the key is inserted into the ignitionswitch.

O When the driver’s door is closed with thekey turned to LOCK.

O When the key is turned from ACC to ONwhile the automatic transmission selectorlever is in the P (Park) position.

SYSTEM OPERATION

The automatic drive positioner system will notwork or will stop operating under the follow-ing conditions:

O when the vehicle speed is above 4 MPH (7km/h).

O when any two or more of the memoryswitches are simultaneously pushed whilethe automatic drive positioner is operating.

O when the adjusting switch for the driver’sseat is turned on while the automatic drivepositioner is operating.

O when the memory switch (1 or 2) is notpushed for at least 1 second.

O when the seat has been already moved tothe memorized position.

O when no seat position is stored in thememory switch.

CANCEL SWITCH

When the CANCEL side of the switch ispushed, the automatic drive positioner systemwill not function.

When the AUTO side of the switch is pushed,the system will function.

SIP0262


3-21

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

4 HEATER, AIR CONDITIONER AND AUDIO SYSTEMS

Ventilators.................................................... 4-2Heater and air conditioner (Automatic)....... 4-3

Automatic operation............................... 4-4Manual operation ................................... 4-5Operating tips......................................... 4-5In-cabin microfilter................................. 4-6

Servicing air conditioner.............................. 4-6Audio system............................................... 4-7

Radio ...................................................... 4-7FM radio reception ................................. 4-7AM radio reception................................. 4-8Satellite radio reception (if soequipped)................................................ 4-8

Audio operation precautions .................. 4-8FM-AM-SAT (if so equipped) radio withcassette player and compact disc (CD)player/CD changer................................ 4-12FM-AM-SAT (if so equipped) radio withcassette player...................................... 4-20CD care and cleaning ........................... 4-27Steering wheel switch for audio control(if so equipped).................................... 4-27Antenna ................................................ 4-28Compact disc (CD) autochanger(if so equipped).................................... 4-29

Car phone or CB radio .............................. 4-30

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

VENTILATORS

Adjust the air flow direction of ventilators.

Open or close, and adjust the air flow direc-tion of ventilators.

: This symbol indicates that the ventsare closed when the vent switch ismoved to the left.

: This symbol indicates that the ventsare open when the vent switch ismoved to the right.

SIH0061

SIH0062

SIH0063

HEATER, AIR CONDITIONER AND AUDIO SYSTEMS

4-2

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

HEATER AND AIR CONDITIONER (Automatic)

SIH0122


4-3

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

Start the engine and operate the controls toactivate the air conditioner.

WARNING

O The air conditioner cooling func-tion operates only when the en-gine is running.

O Do not leave children or adultswho would normally require thesupport of others alone in yourvehicle. Pets should not be leftalone either. On hot, sunny days,temperatures in a closed vehiclecould quickly become highenough to cause severe or possi-bly fatal injuries to people oranimals.

O Do not use the recirculation modefor long periods as it may cause

the interior air to become staleand the windows to fog up.

O Positioning of the heater and airconditioner controls should not bedone while driving. So full atten-tion may be given to vehicleoperation.

AUTOMATIC OPERATION

Cooling and/or dehumidifiedheating (AUTO)This mode may be normally used all yearround as the system automatically works tokeep a constant temperature. Air flow distri-bution and fan speed are also controlledautomatically.

1. Push the AUTO button on. (AUTO will bedisplayed.)

2. Turn the temperature set button to the rightor left to set the desired temperature.

O Adjust the temperature set button to about75°F (24°C) for normal operation.

O The temperature of the passenger compart-ment will be maintained automatically. Airflow distribution and fan speed are alsocontrolled automatically.

Heating (ECON)The air conditioner does not activate. Whenyou need to heat only, use this mode.

1. Push the ECON (Economy) button on.(ECON will be displayed.)


O The temperature of the passenger compart-ment will be maintained automatically. Airflow distribution and fan speed are alsocontrolled automatically.

O Do not set the temperature lower than theoutside air temperature. Otherwise the sys-tem may not work properly.


4-4

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

O Not recommended if windows fog up.

Dehumidified defogging

1. Push the DEF button on. (The indi-cator light on the button will come on.)


O To quickly remove ice from the outside ofthe windows, push the manual fan controlbutton and set to the maximumposition .

O As soon as possible after the windshield iscleaned, push the AUTO button to return tothe auto mode.

O When the DEF button is pushed, theair conditioner will automatically be turnedon at outside temperatures above 23°F(−5°C) to defog the windshield, and the airrecirculation mode will automatically beturned off.

Outside air is drawn into the passenger

compartment to improve the defoggingperformance.

MANUAL OPERATION

Fan speed controlPush the fan control button to manuallycontrol the fan speed.

Push the AUTO button to return to automaticcontrol of the fan speed.

Air recirculationPush the air recirculation button torecirculate interior air inside the vehicle. Theindicator light on the button will come on.

Push it again to make the air inlet controlledautomatically (FRESH, REC/FRE and RECIR-CULATION). The indicator will go out.

The air recirculation button will not be acti-vated when the air conditioner is in DEFmode.

Air flow control

Pushing the manual air flow control buttonselects the air outlet to:

: Air flows from center and side venti-lators.

: Air flows from center and side venti-lators and foot outlets.

: Air flows mainly from foot outlets.

: Air flows from defroster and footoutlets.

To turn the system offPush the OFF button.

OPERATING TIPSWhen the engine coolant temperatureand outside air temperature are low, theair flow from the foot outlets may not op-erate for a maximum of 150 seconds.However, this is not a malfunction. Afterthe coolant temperature warms up, the air flow


4-5

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

from the foot outlets will operate normally.

The sensor on the instrument panel helpsmaintain a constant temperature; do not putanything on or around this sensor.

IN-CABIN MICROFILTER

The air conditioning system is equipped withan in-cabin microfilter which collects dirt,pollen, dust, etc. To make sure air conditionerheats, defogs, and ventilates efficiently, re-place the filter in accordance with the main-tenance schedule in this manual. To replace

the filter, contact your INFINITI dealer.

The filter should be replaced if air flowdecreases significantly or if windowsfog up easily when operating the heateror air conditioning system.

SERVICING AIR CONDI-TIONERThe air conditioning system in your INFINITIvehicle is charged with a new refrigerantdesigned with the environment in mind. Thisnew refrigerant will not harm the earth’sozone layer. However special chargingequipment and lubricant are required whenservicing your INFINITI air conditioner. Usingimproper refrigerants or lubricants will causesevere damage to your air conditioning system.See “Capacities and recommended fuel/lubricants” in the “9. Technical and consumerinformation” section for air conditioning sys-tem refrigerant and lubricant recommendations.

Your INFINITI dealer will be able to service

your environmentally friendly air conditioningsystem.

WARNING

The air conditioner system containsrefrigerant under high pressure. Toavoid personal injury, any air condi-tioner service should be done only byan experienced technician withproper equipment.IHA017M


4-6

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

AUDIO SYSTEM

RADIO

Turn the ignition key to ACC or ON and pressthe power on switch to turn on the radio. Ifyou listen to the radio with the engine notrunning, the key should be turned to the ACCposition.

Radio reception is affected by station signalstrength, distance from radio transmitter,buildings, bridges, mountains and other ex-ternal influences. Intermittent changes in re-ception quality normally are caused by theseexternal influences.

Using a cellular phone in or near the ve-hicle may influence radio receptionquality.

Radio receptionYour INFINITI radio system is equipped withstate-of-the-art electronic circuits to enhanceradio reception. These circuits are designed to

extend reception range, and to enhance thequality of that reception.

However there are some general characteris-tics of both FM and AM radio signals that canaffect radio reception quality in a movingvehicle, even when the finest equipment isused. These characteristics are completelynormal in a given reception area, and do notindicate any malfunction in your INFINITIradio system.

Remember that a moving vehicle is not theideal place to listen to a radio. Because of themovement, reception conditions will con-stantly change. Buildings, terrain, signal dis-tance and interference from other vehicles canwork against ideal reception. Described beloware some of the factors that can affect yourradio reception.

FM RADIO RECEPTION

Range: FM range is normally limited to 25 to30 miles (40 to 48 km), with monaural (singlechannel) FM having slightly more range thanstereo FM. External influences may sometimesinterfere with FM station reception even if theFM station is within 25 miles (40 km). Thestrength of the FM signal is directly related tothe distance between the transmitter andreceiver. FM signals follow a line-of-sightpath, exhibiting many of the same character-

IHA018M


4-7

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

istics as light. For example they will reflect offobjects.

Fade and drift: As your vehicle moves awayfrom a station transmitter, the signals willtend to fade and/or drift.

Static and flutter: During signal interferencefrom buildings, large hills or due to antennaposition, usually in conjunction with in-creased distance from the station transmitter,static or flutter can be heard. This can bereduced by adjusting the treble control coun-terclockwise to reduce treble response.

Multipath reception: Because of the reflectivecharacteristics of FM signals, direct and re-flected signals reach the receiver at the sametime. The signals may cancel each other,resulting in momentary flutter or loss ofsound.

AM RADIO RECEPTIONAM signals, because of their low frequency,can bend around objects and skip along the

ground. In addition, the signals can bebounced off the ionosphere and bent back toearth. Because of these characteristics, AMsignals are also subject to interference as theytravel from transmitter to receiver.

Fading: Occurs while the vehicle is passingthrough freeway underpasses or in areas withmany tall buildings. It can also occur forseveral seconds during ionospheric turbu-lence, even in areas where no obstacles exist.

Static: Caused by thunderstorms, electricalpower lines, electric signs and even trafficlights.

SATELLITE RADIO RECEPTION(if so equipped)When the satellite radio is first installed or thebattery has been replaced, the satellite radiomay not work properly. This is not a malfunc-tion. Wait more than 10 minutes with satelliteradio ON for satellite radio to receive all of thenecessary data.

AUDIO OPERATION PRECAU-TIONS

Cassette player

O To maintain good quality sound,INFINITI recommends using cassettetapes of 60 minutes or shorter inlength.

O Cassette tapes should be removedfrom the player when not in use.Store cassettes in their protectivecases and away from direct sunlight,heat, dust, moisture and magneticsources.

O Direct sunlight can cause the cas-sette to become deformed. The use ofdeformed cassettes may cause thecassette to jam in the player.

O Do not use cassettes with labelswhich are peeling and loose. If used,the label could jam in the player.


4-8

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

O If a cassette has loose tape, insert apencil through one of the cassettehubs and rewind the tape firmlyaround the hubs. Loose tape maycause tape jamming and waveringsound quality.

O Over a period of time, the playbackhead, capstan and pinch roller maycollect a tape coating residue as thetape is played. This residue accumu-lation can cause weak or waveringsound, and should be removed peri-odically with a head cleaning tape. Ifthe residue is not removed periodi-cally, the player may need to be dis-assembled for cleaning.

Compact Disc (CD) player O Only use high quality 4.7 inches (12cm) round discs that have the “COM-PACT disc DIGITAL AUDIO” logo onthe disc or packaging.

O During cold weather or rainy days,the player may malfunction due to thehumidity. If this occurs, remove theCD and dehumidify or ventilate theplayer completely.

O The player may skip while driving onrough roads.

O The CD player sometimes cannotfunction when the compartment tem-perature is extremely high. Decreasethe temperature before use.

O Do not expose the CD to direct sun-light.

O CDs that are of poor quality, dirty,scratched, covered with fingerprints,or that have pin holes may not workproperly.

SIH0087


4-9

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

O The following CDs may not workproperly:

• Copy control compact discs(CCCD)

• Recordable compact discs(CD-R)

• Rewritable compact discs (CD-RW)

O Do not use the following CDs as theymay cause the CD player to malfunc-tion.

• 3.1 in (8 cm) discs with anadapter

• CDs that are not round

• CDs with a paper label

• CDs that are warped, scratched,or have abnormal edges


4-10

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

1. CD LOAD button

2. SEEK/APS REW, APS FF/TRACKCHANGE button

3. CD play button

4. TAPE play button

5. RADIO (Mode) select button

6. TAPE EJECT button

7. CD EJECT button

8. SCAN tuning button

9. ON-OFF/VOLUME control knob

10.AUTOP (Automatic preset) button

11.Station and preset (FM/AM), CD insert orCD play select button

12.RADIO TUNE/FFzREW/AUDIO (Bass,treble, fader, balance, SCV and NR(Dolby)) ADJUSTING button

13.AUDIO (BASS, TREBLE, FADER, BAL-ANCE, SCV and NR (Dolby)) button

14.RPT (repeat) play, DISP (Display) button

15.PTY (Program type), CAT (Category) but-ton

SIH0150


4-11

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

FM-AM-SAT (if so equipped) RA-DIO WITH CASSETTE PLAYERAND COMPACT DISC (CD)PLAYER/CD CHANGER

Audio main operationHead unit

The radio has an FM diversity receptionsystem, which employs two antennas printedon the rear window. This system automaticallyswitches to the antenna which is receivingless interference.

The tape deck employs a permalloy headwhich allows for improved reproduction ofhigh frequency ranges. Noise is also greatlyreduced by the combined use of the Dolby NR(Noise Reduction) system. The auto loudnesscircuit enhances the low frequency rangeautomatically in both radio reception and tapeand CD playback.

ONzOFF/Volume control:

Turn the ignition key to ACC or ON, and thenpush the ONzOFF/VOL control knob while thesystem is off to call up the mode (radio, tapeor CD) which was playing immediately beforethe system was turned off. When no CD ortape is loaded, the radio will come on. Whilethe system is on, pushing the ONzOFF/VOLcontrol knob turns the system off.

To turn the radio off, press the ONzOFF/VOLcontrol knob.

Turn the ONzOFF/VOL control knob to adjustthe volume.

This vehicle has Speed sensitive ControlVolume (SCV) for audio. The audio vol-ume changes as the driving speedchanges.

AUDIO button (BASS, TREBLE,FADER, BALANCE, SCV and NR(Dolby):

Press the AUDIO button to change the select-ing mode as follows.

BASS → TREBLE → FADER → BALANCE→ SCV → NR (when cassette playing)→ BASS

To adjust BASS, Treble, Fader and Balance,press the AUDIO button until the desiredmode BASS, TREBLE, FADER or BALANCEappears in the display. Press the TUNE( ) or ( ) button to adjust Bassand Treble to the desired level. Use the

or button also to adjust Fader orBalance modes. Fader adjusts the sound levelbetween the front and rear speakers andBalance adjusts the sound between the rightand left speakers.

To change the SCV mode to OFF , LOW, MID


4-12

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

or HIGH, press the or (TUNE)button (type B only).

To change the NR (Dolby) mode to OFF orON, press the or (TUNE) buttonwhile cassette tape is playing. When Dolby isON, the display indicates the mark.

Dolby NR is manufactured under license fromDolby Laboratories Licensing Corporation.DOLBY NR and the double-D symbol

are trademarks of Dolby LaboratoriesLicensing Corporation.

After 10 seconds, the radio or cassette tapedisplay reappears. Once the sound quality isset to the desired level, press the AUDIObutton repeatedly until the radio or cassettetape display appears.

FM-AM-SAT (if so equipped) ra-dio operationRADIO FM/AM/SAT band select:Pushing the RADIO mode band select button

will change the mode as follows:

AM → AM (preset station) → FM1 → FM(preset station) → FM2 → (SAT1 → SAT2→) AM

If you have not separately contracted forsatellite radio or have not had SAT receiverand antenna installed, “SAT” will not beshown on the display. Satellite radio hardwaremust also be installed.

When RADIO mode select button is pushedwhile the ignition switch is in the ACC or ONposition, the radio will come on at the stationlast played.

The last station played will also come on whenthe power knob is turned to ON.

If a compact disc or tape is playing when theRADIO mode select button is turned to ON, thecompact disc or tape will automatically beturned off and the last radio station played willcome on.

The FM stereo indicator ST will glow duringFM stereo reception. When the stereo broad-cast signal is weak, the radio will automati-cally change from stereo to monaural recep-tion.

TUNE (Tuning):

WARNING

The radio should not be tuned whiledriving so full attention may be givento vehicle operation.

Use these buttons for manual tuning. To movequickly through the channels, hold either ofthe TUNE buttons down for more than 0.5seconds.

SEEK tuning:

For AM and FM radio

Push the SEEK button or , to


4-13

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

tune from high to low or low to high frequen-cies and stop at the next broadcasting station.

For SATELLITE radio (if so equipped)

Push the SEEK button or to seekchannels of the next or previous category.

SCAN tuning:

Push the SCAN tuning button to tune from lowto high frequencies and stop at each broad-casting station for 5 seconds. Pushing thebutton again during this 5 seconds period willstop SCAN tuning and the radio will remaintuned to that station.

If the SCAN tuning button is not pushedwithin 5 seconds, SCAN tuning moves to thenext station.

Display mode (RPTzDISP) of satelliteradio (if so equipped):

O Pushing the “RPT” button will displayadditional information (for example: Title,

Artist name) about the satellite radiobroadcast.

O Pushing the “RPT” button for more than1.5 seconds will change the display modeas follows:

Channel number → Channel name →Artist name → Song title → Channelnumber

Station memory operations:

Twelve stations can be set for the FM band(six for FM1, six for FM2) and satellite radio(six for SAT1, six for SAT2), and six stationscan be set for the AM band.

1. Tune to the desired station using theSEEK, SCAN or TUNE button.

2. Select the desired station and keep push-ing any of the desired station memorybuttons (1 to 6) until a beep sound isheard. (The radio mutes when the selectbutton is pushed.)

3. The channel indicator will then come onand the sound will resume. Memorizing isnow complete.

4. Other buttons can be set in the samemanner.

If the battery cable is disconnected, or if thefuse blows, the radio memory will be erased.In that case, reset the desired stations.

(Automatic preset) button:

To select the preset FM, AM, SAT or PTYstation/channel, push the AUTOP button forless than 1.5 seconds.

To preset the FM, AM, SAT or PTY station,push the AUTOP button for more than 1.5seconds.

Radio data system (RDS)RDS stands for Radio Data System, and is adata information service transmitted by someradio stations on the FM band (not AM band)and/or SATELLITE band encoded within a


4-14

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

regular radio broadcast. Currently, most RDSstations are in large cities, but many stationsare now considering broadcasting RDS data.

RDS can display:

O Station call sign, such as “WHFR 98.3”.

O Station name, such as “The Groove”.

O Music or programming type such as“Classical”, “Country”, or “Rock”.

O Traffic reports about delays or construc-tion.

If the station broadcasts RDS information, theRDS icon is displayed.

Program type (Category(CAT)) button:

When PTY button is pressed during FM mode,the PTY name of the current tuned station isdisplayed. When the PTY (CAT) button ispressed during satellite radio mode, the cat-egory name of the current channel is dis-

played. During this time if the PTY data codeis zero, or the data is unreadable; the displaywill show NONE.

1. PTY (CAT) selection mode

PTY (CAT) name selection can be done by theup/down TUNE button or in thePTY (CAT) selection mode.

After selecting a PTY (CAT) name, push theSEEK button or SCAN button within 10seconds. Tuning to the PTY (CAT) station willstart. If you do not push the TUNE buttonwithin the 10 second period, the PTY (CAT)mode will be canceled.

PTY (CAT) name selection can also beachieved by pressing the preset buttons.

Initial PTY (CAT) names are stored in thepreset buttons; but these can be changed bypressing the preset buttons for more than 1.5seconds when the desired PTY name is in thedisplay.

2. PTY (CAT) SEEK tuning

After selecting a PTY (CAT) name, pushthe SEEK button or within 10seconds. Tuning to the PTY (CAT) stationwill start. If you do not push the SEEKbutton within the 10 second period, thePTY (CAT) mode will be canceled.


4-15

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

3. PTY (CAT) SCAN tuning mode

Push the SCAN tuning button to tune thePTY (CAT) name station, and stop at eachbroadcasting station for 5 seconds. Push-ing the button again during this 5 secondperiod will stop SCAN tuning and the radiowill remain tuned to that station. If theSCAN tuning button is not pushed within 5seconds, SCAN tuning moves to the nextstation.

Cassette tape player operationTurn the ignition key to ACC or ON, and thenlightly insert the cassette tape into the tapedoor. The cassette tape will be automaticallypulled into the player.

The radio or CD will turn off (if it is on) andthe cassette tape will begin to play.

CAUTION

Do not force the cassette tape into thetape door. This could cause playerdamage.

If the system is turned off by pushing theONzOFF/VOL control knob with the cassettetape still in the player, the tape will resumeplaying when the system is turned back on.

PLAY:

O When the TAPE button is pushed with thesystem turned off and a tape loaded, thesystem will come on and the tape will play.

O When the TAPE button is pushed witheither the radio or compact disc turned onand the tape loaded, the compact disc orthe radio will automatically be turned offand the tape will play.

O When the TAPE button is pushed with theTAPE playing, the tape will play the pro-gram recorded on the reverse side.

FF (Fast Forward),REW (Rewind):

Push the (fast forward) button to fastforward the tape. To rewind the tape, push the

(rewind) button. Either the FF or REWsymbol illuminates on the right side of thedisplay window. To stop the FF or REWfunction, press the (fast forward) or

(rewind) again, or the TAPE button.

APS (AutomaticProgram Search)FF, APS REW:

When the (APS FF) button is pushedwhile the tape is being played, the nextprogram will start to play from the beginning.Push the (APS FF) button several timesto skip through programs. The tape willadvance the number of times the button is


4-16

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

pushed (up to nine programs).

When the (APS REW) button is pushedonce, the program being played starts overfrom the beginning. Push the (APSREW) button several times to skip backseveral selections. The tape will go back thenumber of times the button is pushed. Eitherthe FF or REW symbol flashes on the rightside of the display window while searching forthe selection.

This system searches for the blank intervalsbetween selections. If there is a blank intervalwithin one program or there is no intervalbetween programs, the system may not stop inthe desired or expected location.

SCAN tuning:

Push the SCAN tuning button while playing atape, it stops at the next tape program for 5seconds. Pushing the button again during this5 second period will stop SCAN tuning andthe tape program is continued. If the SCAN

tuning button is not pushed within 5 seconds,SCAN tuning moves to the next tape program.

TAPE EJECT:

When this button is pushed with the tapeloaded, the tape will be ejected.When the tape is ejected while it is beingplayed, the system will be turned off.

Compact disc (CD) changer op-eration

Turn the ignition key to the ACC or ONposition and insert the compact disc into theslot with the label side facing up. The compactdisc will be guided automatically into the slotand start playing.After loading the disc, the number of tracks onthe disc and the play time will appear on thedisplay.If the radio or tape is already operating, it willautomatically turn off and the compact discwill play.

CAUTION

Do not force the compact disc into theslot. This could damage the player.

If the system has been turned off while thecompact disc was playing, pushing theONzOFF/VOL control knob will start the com-pact disc.

button:

To insert a CD in the CD changer, push theLOAD button for less than 1.5 seconds. Selectthe loading slot by pushing the CD insertselect button (1 to 6), then insert the CD.

To insert 6 CDs to the CD changer, push theLOAD button for more than 1.5 seconds.

The inserted slot numbers will illuminate onthe display.


4-17

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

PLAY:

When the CD6 button is pushed with thesystem off and the compact disc loaded, thesystem will turn on and the compact disc willstart to play.

When the CD6 button is pushed with thecompact disc loaded with the tape or the radioplaying, the tape or radio will automatically beturned off and the compact disc will start toplay.


When the (fast forward) or (re-wind) button is pushed while the compact discis being played, the compact disc will playwhile fast forwarding or rewinding. When thebutton is released, the compact disc willreturn to normal play speed.

APS (AutomaticProgram Search)FF, APS REW:

When the (APS FF) button is pushedwhile the compact disc is being played, theprogram next to the present one will start toplay from its beginning. Push several times toskip through programs. The compact disc willadvance the number of times the button ispushed. (When the last program on thecompact disc is skipped through, the firstprogram will be played.) When the

(APS REW) button is pushed, the pro-gram being played returns to its beginning.Push several times to skip back throughprograms. The compact disc will go back thenumber of times the button is pushed.

CD PLAY button:

To change CD, push the CD play select button(1 to 6).

SCAN tuning:

When the SCAN tuning button is pushed forless than 1.5 seconds while the CD is beingplayed, the beginning of all the CD programsin each track will be played for 10 seconds insequence.

When the SCAN tuning button is pushed formore than 1.5 seconds while the CD is beingplayed, the first program in all the CDs will beplayed for 10 seconds.

Pushing the button again during this 10second period will stop SCAN tuning.

If the SCAN tuning button is not pushedwithin 10 seconds, SCAN tuning moves to thenext disc program.

REPEAT (RPT):

When the RPT button is pushed while thecompact disc is played, the play pattern canbe changed as follows:


4-18

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

DISPLAY CD TEXT:

To indicate the CD mode text, push the PTYbutton during CD playing.

To change the indicated text, push PTYbutton.

The text will change as follows:

If the text is more than 10 letters, push theAUTOP button to display the remaining text.

CD EJECT:

When the CD EJECT button is pushed with thecompact disc loaded, the compact disc will beejected.

To eject the discs selected by the EJECTbutton, push it for less than 1.5 seconds.

To eject all the discs, push the EJECT buttonfor more than 1.5 seconds.

When this button is pushed while the compactdisc is being played, the compact disc willcome out and the system will turn off.

If the compact disc comes out and is notremoved, it will be pulled back into theslot to protect it. (without 8 cm diametercompact discs)

CD IN indicator:

CD IN indicator appears on the display whenthe CD is loaded with the system on.


4-19

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

FM-AM-SAT (if so equipped) RA-DIO WITH CASSETTE PLAYER

Refer to the separate Owner’s Manual forinformation about the navigation system.

Audio main operation

ONzOFF/Volume control:

Turn the ignition key to ACC or ON, then pushthe ONzOFF/Volume control knob. The mode(radio or cassette) which was playing imme-diately before the system was turned offresumes playing. When no cassette is loaded,

the radio comes on. Pushing theONzOFF/Volume control knob again turns thesystem off.

Turn the ONzOFF/Volume control knob toadjust the volume.

This vehicle has Speed sensitive ControlVolume (SCV) for audio. The audio volumechanges as the driving speed changes.

AUDIO button (BASS, TREBLE,FADER, BALANCE, SCV, DISPMODE):

Press the AUDIO button to change the select-ing mode as follows:

Temp Artist Display → Temp Title Display →BASS → TREBLE → FADER → BALANCE→ SCV → DISP MODE → MENU OFF .

When the AUDIO button is pushed whilelistening to the satellite radio (if so equipped),the artist name and song title will be displayedtemporarily.

To adjust Bass, Treble, Fader, Balance, pressthe AUDIO button until the desired modeBASS, TREBLE, FADER or BALANCE appearsin the display.

Press the or button to adjustBass and Treble to the desired level. Use the

or button to adjust Fader orBalance modes. Fader adjusts the sound levelbetween the front and rear speakers and

SIH0151


4-20

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

Balance adjusts the sound level between theright and left speakers.

To change the SCV mode to OFF , LOW, MIDor HIGH, press the or (TUNE)button.

When the DISP MODE is selected whileplaying the satellite radio, you can display thefollowing information in sequence by usingthe or button.

CH Number → CH Name → Artist name →Song title

After 10 seconds, the radio or cassette tapedisplay reappears. Once the sound quality isset to the desired level, press the AUDIObutton repeatedly until the radio or cassettetape display appears.

Radio/Cassette tape prioritymodeIn this mode, the radio station illuminates inthe display during radio operation. During

cassette tape operation, TAPE illuminates inthe display.

FM-AM radio operation

FM-AM band select:

Pushing the FM-AM band select button willchange the band as follows:

AM → AM (preset station) → FM1 → FM2→ FM (preset station) → AM

When FM/AM band select button is pushedwhile the ignition switch is in the ACC or ON,the radio will come on at the station lastplayed.

The last station played will also come on whenthe power knob is turned to ON.

If a compact disc or tape is playing when theFM/AM band select button is turned to ON,the compact disc or tape will automatically beturned off and the last radio station played willcome on.

To preset (AUTO.P) the AM or FM station,push the FM/AM button for more than 1.5seconds.

The FM stereo indicator ST illuminates duringFM stereo reception. When the stereo broad-cast signal is weak, the radio automaticallychanges from stereo to monaural reception.

TUNE (Tuning):

WARNING

The radio should not be tuned whiledriving so full attention may be givento vehicle operation.

Use these buttons for manual tuning. To movequickly through the channels, hold either ofthe TUNE buttons down for more than 0.5seconds.


4-21

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

SCAN tuning:

Push the SCAN tuning button and SCAN willilluminate in the display window. SCAN tun-ing begins from high to low or low to highfrequencies and stops at each broadcastingstation for 5 seconds. Pushing the buttonagain during this 5 second period stops SCANtuning and the radio remains tuned to thatstation.

If any of the SEEK/SCAN tuning buttons arenot pushed within 5 seconds, SCAN tuningmoves to the next station.

Program type (Category(CAT)) button:

When PTY button is pressed during FM mode,the PTY name of the current tuned station isdisplayed. During this time if the PTY datacode is zero, or the data is unreadable; thedisplay will show NONE.

1. PTY (CAT) selection mode

PTY (CAT) name selection can be done bythe up/down TUNE button or

in the PTY (CAT) selection mode.

It is possible to shift the PTY (CAT) name byone step, with one push of the up/down tuningbutton or .

PTY (CAT) name selection can also beachieved by pressing the preset buttons.

Initial PTY (CAT) names are stored in thepreset buttons; but these can be changed bypressing the preset buttons for more than 1.5seconds when the desired PTY (CAT) name isin the display. 2. PTY (CAT) SEEK tuning

After selecting a PTY (CAT) name, pushthe TUNE button or for morethan 1.5 seconds within 10 seconds. Tun-ing to the PTY (CAT) station will start. Ifyou do not push the TUNE button withinthe 10 second period, the PTY mode willbe canceled.


4-22

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

3. PTY (CAT) SCAN tuning mode

Push the SCAN tuning button to tune thePTY name station, and stop at each broad-casting station for 5 seconds. Pushing thebutton again during this 5 second periodwill stop SCAN tuning and the radio willremain tuned to that station. If the SCANtuning button is not pushed within 5seconds, SCAN tuning moves to the nextstation.

Satellite radio operation (if soequipped)

TAPE/CD Satellite channel (SAT1 orSAT2) selected tape/CD play:

Pushing the TAPE/CD button will change themode as follows:

TAPE → CD → (SAT1 → SAT2 →) TAPE

If you have not separately contracted forsatellite radio, “SAT1 and SAT2” will not beshown on the display. Satellite radio hardware

must also be installed.

TUNE (Tuning):

Press the or button to select thesatellite radio channel. Channels which arenot available will automatically be skipped. Ifchannel 0 is selected, it will display thehardware ID of the satellite tuner.

SEEK/SCAN tuning:

1. When the PTY button is pushed while thesatellite radio is ON, the Category modewill be displayed.

2. Push the , or PTY (up only)button to select the Category.

3. Push and hold the or buttonto seek the channel in the selected cat-egory.

4. If the SCAN button is pushed after opera-tion 1 or 2, scan will stop at each channelin the selected category for 5 seconds.

To cancel the scan tuning, press the SCANbutton.

Station memory (and preset) op-erations

Twelve stations can be set for the FM band(six for FM1, six for FM2), SAT band (six forSAT1, six for SAT2) and six stations can beset for the AM band.

1. Tune to the desired station using theSCAN or TUNE buttons.

2. Select the desired station and keep push-ing any of the desired station memorybuttons (1 to 6) until a beep sound isheard. (The radio mutes when the selectbutton is pushed.)

3. The channel indicator will come on and thesound will resume. Memorizing is nowcomplete.

4. Other station select buttons can be set inthe same manner.


4-23

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

If the battery cable is disconnected, or if theradio fuse opens, the radio memory is can-celled. In that case, reset the desired stations.

Cassette tape player operationTurn the ignition key to ACC or ON, thencarefully insert a cassette tape into the tapedoor.

The cassette tape automatically pulls into theplayer. The word TAPE and moving digitalsquares illuminate on the right side of thedisplay window.

CAUTION

Do not force the cassette tape into thetape door. This could cause playerdamage.

The cassette tape automatically changes di-rections to play the other side when the firstside is complete. At this time, the moving

digital squares illuminate on the left side ofthe display window.

PLAY:

When the TAPE/CD button is pushed with theradio turned on and the tape loaded, the radiowill automatically be turned off and the tapewill play.

If the TAPE/CD button is pushed during eitherthe FF , REW, APS FF or APS REW function,the cassette tape enters the normal play mode.

When the TAPE/CD button is pushed with theCD playing, the tape will play.

FF (fast forward),REW (rewind):

Push either the FF or REW button for thedesired direction.

The FF or REW symbol illuminates in thedisplay.

To stop the FF or REW function, press the FF

or REW button again, or the TAPE/CD button.

APS (automatic pro-gram search) FF, APSREW:

Push either the APS FF or APS REW buttonwhile the cassette tape is playing. The taperuns quickly, stops, then plays the nextselection. Either the FF or REW symbolflashes in the display while searching for theselection.

This system searches for the blank intervalsbetween selections. If there is a blank intervalwithin one selection or there is no intervalbetween selections, the system may not stopin the desired or expected location.

PROG (program):

Push the PROG button. The moving digitalsquares illuminate on either the right or leftside of the display window to indicate the sideof program play.


4-24

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

If the PROG button is pushed during either theFF or REW function the tape enters the normalplay mode.

Dolby NR (Noise Reduction):

Push the Dolby NR button for Dolby NRencoded tapes to reduce high frequency tapenoise. The indicator light comes on.

Dolby NR is manufactured under license fromDolby Laboratories Licensing Corporation.DOLBY NR and the double-D symbol

are trademarks of Dolby LaboratoriesLicensing Corporation.

Metal or chrome tape usage:

The cassette player is automatically set to highperformance play when playing a metal orchrome cassette tape.

TAPE EJECT:

Push the EJECT button. The cassette tapeautomatically comes out.

Compact disc (CD)player/changer operationTurn the ignition key to the ACC or ONposition.

To play the CD, push the TAPE/CD buttonafter loading the disc.

With the disc loaded, the number of discs andtracks will appear on the display.

If the radio or tape is already operating, it willautomatically turn off and the CD will play.

CAUTION

Do not force the CD into the slot. Thiscould damage the player.

If the system has been turned off while the CDwas playing, pushing the ONzOFF/VOL controlknob will start the CD.

PLAY:

O When the TAPE/CD button is pushed withthe CD loaded in the player or CD au-tochanger (if so equipped):

a) If the TAPE player (if cassette tape isinserted) is turned on, the mode (CDplayer or CD autochanger) will turn on.

b) If the CD player is on, the CD playerwill automatically be turned off and theCD autochanger will turn on.

c) If the CD autochanger is on, the CDautochanger will automatically beturned off and the TAPE player will turnon.

O When the TAPE/CD button is pushed withthe CD loaded in only the CD autochanger,the CD autochanger will turn on.

O When the TAPE/CD button is pushed withno disc in either the player or CD au-


4-25

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

tochanger, the TAPE player will change thetape side.

DISC change:

Use these buttons for selecting the compactdisc inserted into the CD magazine.


When the (fast forward) or (re-wind) button is pushed while the CD is beingplayed, the CD will play while fast forwardingor rewinding. When the button is released, theCD will return to normal play speed.

APS (Automatic Pro-gram Search) FF, APSREW:

When the (APS FF) button is pushedwhile the CD is being played, the programnext to the present one will start to play fromits beginning. Push several times to skipthrough programs. The CD will advance the

number of times the button is pushed. (Whenthe last program on the CD is skippedthrough, the first program will be played.)When the (APS REW) button is pushed,the program being played returns to itsbeginning. Push several times to skip backthrough programs. The CD disc will go backthe number of times the button is pushed.

PROG (Program):

When the PROG button is pushed while theCD is being played, the play pattern willchange as follows:

ALL → 1 → RANDOM → OFF → ALL

ALL: All the programs will be played repeat-edly in sequence.

1: Only one program (the one being playedwhen the PROG button is pushed) will berepeated.

RANDOM: Programs will be played at random,not following the sequence on the CD. To

change the one disc random or all discrandom, push the PROG button for a second.The same program may be repeated twice.

When the CD is ejected, the play patternwill automatically change to all.

CD EJECT:

When the CD EJECT button is pushed with theCD loaded, the CD will be ejected.

When this button is pushed while the CD isbeing played, the CD will come out and thesystem will turn off.

If the CD comes out and is not removed,it will be pulled back into the slot to pro-tect it. (except 8 cm diameter compactdiscs)

CD IN indicator:

CD IN indicator appears on the display whenthe CD is loaded with the system on.


4-26

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

CD CARE AND CLEANING

O Handle a CD by its edges. Never touch thesurface of the disc. Do not bend the disc.

O Always place the discs in the storage casewhen they are not being used.

O To clean a disc, wipe the surface from thecenter to the outer edge using a clean, softcloth. Do not wipe the disc using a circularmotion.Do not use a conventional record cleaneror alcohol intended for industrial use.

O A new disc may be rough on its inner andouter edges. Remove the rough edgesusing the side of a pen or pencil asillustrated.

STEERING WHEEL SWITCH FORAUDIO CONTROL (if soequipped)

The audio system can be operated using thecontrols on the steering wheel.

MODE select switchPush the mode select switch to change the

mode in the sequence of AM, FM1, FM2,(SAT1, SAT2 — if so equipped) CD, CDautochanger (if so equipped) and Tape.

Volume control switches

Push the upper side switch or lower sideswitch to adjust the volume.

Upper side: Volume increases

Lower side: Volume decreases

Tuning

Memory change (radio):

Push the tuning switch or forless than 1.5 seconds to change the radiofrequency, or SAT radio preset channel.

SEEK tuning (radio):

Push the tuning switch or formore than 1.5 seconds to seek the next orprevious radio station, or for a cursory searchof satellite radio.

SIH0082

SIH0125


4-27

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

APS (Automatic Program Search)FF, APS REW (tape/CD):

Push the tuning switch for less than 1.5seconds while the tape/CD is being played,the next program will start to play from thebeginning.

Push the switch several times to skipthrough programs. The tape/CD will advancethe number of times the switch is pushed (upto nine programs).

Push the tuning switch for less than 1.5seconds and, the program being played startsover from the beginning.

Push the switch several times to skipback several selections. The tape/CD will goback the number of times the switch ispushed. Either the FF or REW symbol flasheson the right side of the display window whilesearching for the selection.

This system searches for the blank intervalsbetween selections. If there is a blank interval

within one program or there is no intervalbetween programs, the system may not stop inthe desired or expected location.

FF (Fast Forward), REW (Rewind)(tape):

Push the tuning button for more than1.5 seconds to fast forward the tape. Torewind the tape, push the tuning button

for more than 1.5 seconds. Either theFF or REW symbol illuminates on the rightside of the display window.

To stop the FF or REW function, press theor button again for more than 1.5

seconds.

ANTENNA

Window antennaThe antenna pattern is printed inside the rearwindow.

CAUTION

O Do not place metalized film nearthe rear window glass or attachany metal parts to it. This maycause poor reception or noise.

O When cleaning the inside of therear window, be careful not toscratch or damage the rear win-dow antenna. Lightly wipe alongthe antenna with a dampened softcloth.


4-28

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

COMPACT DISC (CD) AU-TOCHANGER (if so equipped)

CD magazine

Insert the CD magazine into the changer withthe label side facing up, as illustrated. Closethe sliding lid of the CD autochanger.

When ejecting the CD magazine, press theEJECT button located inside the CD

autochanger.

Disc loading

O Pull the disc holder from the magazine andturn over the magazine.

SIH0126

SIH0127

SIH0152


4-29

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

O Insert the CD with label side facing up thenpush the disc holder into the magazine.

Disc removalO Pull the * marked area with your fingers.

O Use your fingertips to grasp the center partof the disc and remove the disc.

CAUTION

O Do not touch the playing surface ofthe disc.

O Do not use 8 cm discs. They maycause player damage even if us-ing with the optional adapter.

CAR PHONE OR CB RADIOWhen installing a CB radio or a car phone inyour INFINITI, be sure to observe the follow-ing cautions, otherwise the new equipmentmay adversely affect the Engine Control sys-

tem and other electronic parts.

WARNING

O A cellular telephone should not beused while driving so full attentionmay be given to vehicle opera-tion. Some jurisdictions prohibitthe use of cellular telephoneswhile driving.

O If you must make a call while yourvehicle is in motion, the handsfree cellular phone operationalmode (if so equipped) is highlyrecommended. Exercise extremecaution at all times so full atten-tion may be given to vehicle op-eration.

O If a conversation in a movingvehicle requires you to take

notes, pull off the road to a safelocation and stop your vehiclebefore doing so.

CAUTION

O Keep the antenna as far as pos-sible away from the ElectronicControl Unit (including radio) un-der the center of the instrumentpanel.

O Keep the antenna wire more than8 in (20 cm) away from the EngineControl harness. Do not route theantenna wire next to any harness.

O Adjust the antenna standing-waveratio as recommended by themanufacturer.


4-30

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

O Connect the ground wire from theCB radio chassis to the body.

O For details, consult your INFINITIdealer.


4-31

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

5 STARTING AND DRIVING

Precautions when starting and driving ....... 5-2Exhaust gas (Carbon monoxide)............ 5-2Three way catalyst ................................ 5-3Avoiding collision and rollover............... 5-4Drinking alcohol/drugs and driving........ 5-4

Ignition switch ............................................. 5-5Automatic transmission ......................... 5-5Key positions.......................................... 5-6Infiniti Vehicle Immobilizer System........ 5-6

Before starting the engine........................... 5-7Starting the engine...................................... 5-7Driving the vehicle ....................................... 5-8

Automatic transmission ......................... 5-8Parking brake............................................. 5-12Cruise control ............................................ 5-13

Precautions on cruise control .............. 5-13Cruise control operations..................... 5-13

Break-in schedule ...................................... 5-14Increasing fuel economy ........................... 5-15

Parking/parking on hills............................. 5-16Power steering........................................... 5-17Brake system ............................................. 5-17

Braking precautions.............................. 5-17Anti-lock brake system (ABS) .............. 5-18

Traction control system(if so equipped) ......................................... 5-19Vehicle dynamic control system (VDC) (if soequipped)................................................... 5-20Cold weather driving ................................. 5-22

Freeing a frozen door lock ................... 5-22Anti-freeze ............................................ 5-22Battery.................................................. 5-22Draining of coolant water .................... 5-22Tire equipment ..................................... 5-22Special winter equipment..................... 5-23Driving on snow or ice ........................ 5-23Engine block heater (if so equipped)... 5-24

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

PRECAUTIONS WHENSTARTING AND DRIVING

WARNING

O Do not leave children or adultswho would normally require thesupport of others alone in your ve-hicle. Pets should not be left aloneeither. They could accidentally in-jure themselves or others throughinadvertent operation of the ve-hicle. Also, on hot, sunny days,temperatures in a closed vehiclecould quickly become high enoughto cause severe or possibly fatalinjuries to people or animals.

O Closely supervise children whenthey are around cars to preventthem from playing and becominglocked in the trunk where they

could be seriously injured. Keepthe car locked, with the trunkclosed, when not in use, andprevent children’s access to carkeys.

EXHAUST GAS (Carbon monox-ide)

WARNING

Do not breathe exhaust gases; theycontain colorless and odorless car-bon monoxide. Carbon monoxide isdangerous. It can cause uncon-sciousness or death.

O If you suspect that exhaust fumesare entering the vehicle, drivewith all windows fully open, andhave the vehicle inspected

immediately.

O Do not run the engine in closedspaces such as a garage.

O Do not park the vehicle with theengine running for any extendedlength of time.

O Keep the trunk lid, closed whiledriving, otherwise exhaust gasescould be drawn into the passen-ger compartment. If you mustdrive with the trunk lid open,follow these precautions.

1. Open all the windows.

2. Set the air recirculationswitch OFF and the fan con-trol at 4 (high) to circulatethe air.

O If electrical wiring or other cable

STARTING AND DRIVING

5-2

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

connections must pass to a trailerthrough the seal on the trunk lidor the body, follow the manufac-turer’s recommendation to pre-vent carbon monoxide entry intothe vehicle.

O If a special body or other equip-ment is added for recreational orother usage, follow the manufac-turer’s recommendation to pre-vent carbon monoxide entry intothe vehicle. (Some recreationalvehicle appliances such asstoves, refrigerator, heaters, etc.may also generate carbon monox-ide.)

O The exhaust system and bodyshould be inspected by a quali-fied mechanic whenever:

a. The vehicle is raised for ser-vice.

b. You suspect that exhaustfumes are entering into thepassenger compartment.

c. You notice a change in thesound of the exhaust system.

d. You have had an accidentinvolving damage to the ex-haust system, underbody, orrear of the vehicle.

THREE WAY CATALYSTThe three way catalyst is an emission controldevice installed in the exhaust system. Ex-haust gases in the converter are burned athigh temperatures to help reduce pollutants.

WARNING

O The exhaust gas and the exhaustsystem are very hot. Keep people,animals or flammable materialsaway from the exhaust systemcomponents.

O Do not stop or park the vehicleover flammable materials such asdry grass, waste paper or rags.They may ignite and cause a fire.

CAUTION

O Do not use leaded gasoline.Deposits from leaded gasoline se-riously reduce the three way cata-lyst’s ability to help reduce ex-haust pollutants.


5-3

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

O Keep your engine tuned up. Mal-functions in the ignition, fuel in-jection, or electrical systems cancause overrich fuel flow into thethree way catalyst, causing it tooverheat. Do not keep driving ifthe engine misfires, or if notice-able loss of performance or otherunusual operating conditions aredetected. Have the vehicle in-spected promptly by an INFINITIdealer.

O Avoid driving with an extremelylow fuel level. Running out of fuelcould cause the engine to misfire,damaging the three way catalyst.

O Do not race the engine whilewarming it up.

O Do not push or tow your vehicle tostart the engine.

AVOIDING COLLISION ANDROLLOVER

WARNING

Failure to operate this vehicle in asafe and prudent manner may resultin loss of control or an accident.

Be alert and drive defensively at all times.Obey all traffic regulations. Avoid excessivespeed, high speed cornering, or sudden steer-ing maneuvers, because these driving prac-tices could cause you to lose control of yourvehicle. As with any vehicle, a loss ofcontrol could result in a collision withother vehicles or objects, or cause thevehicle to rollover, particularly if theloss of control causes the vehicle toslide sideways. Be attentive at all times,and avoid driving when tired. Never drivewhen under the influence of alcohol or drugs(including prescription or over-the-counter

drugs which may cause drowsiness). Alwayswear your seat belt. See “Seat Belts” in the “1.Seats, restraints and supplemental air bagsystems” section. Also instruct your passen-gers to do so.

Seat belts help reduce the risk of injury incollisions and rollovers. In a rollover crush,an unbelted or improperly belted, person issignificantly more likely to be injured or killedthan a person properly wearing a seat belt.

DRINKING ALCOHOL/DRUGS AND DRIVING

WARNING

Never drive under the influence of al-cohol or drugs. Alcohol in the blood-stream reduces coordination, delaysreaction time and impairs judge-ment. Driving after drinking alcoholincreases the likelihood of being in-


5-4

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

volved in an accident injuring your-self and others. Additionally, if youare injured in the accident, alcoholcan increase the severity of the in-jury.

INFINITI is committed to safe driving. Youmust not drive under the influence of alcohol.Every year thousands of people are injured orkilled in alcohol related accidents. Althoughthe local laws vary on what is considered to belegally intoxicated, the fact is that alcoholaffects all people differently and most peopleunderestimate the effects of alcohol.

Remember, drinking and driving don’t mix!

And that’s true for drugs too (over the counter,prescription, and illegal drugs). Don’t drive ifyour ability to operate your vehicle is impairedby alcohol, drugs, or some other physicalcondition.

IGNITION SWITCH

WARNING

Never remove or turn the key to theLOCK position while driving. Thesteering wheel will lock. This maycause the driver to lose control of thevehicle and could result in seriousvehicle damage and/or personalinjury.

AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION

The ignition lock is designed so that the keycannot be turned to LOCK and removed untilthe selector lever is moved to the P (Park)position.

When removing the key from the ignition,make sure the selector lever is in the P (Park)position.

If the selector lever is not returned to the P(Park) position, the key cannot be movedtoward LOCK.

SIS0044


5-5

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

When the key cannot be turned toward theLOCK position, proceed as follows to removethe key:

1. Move the selector lever into the P (Park)position.

2. Turn the ignition key slightly in the ONdirection.

3. Turn the key toward the LOCK position.

4. Remove the key.

If the key is removed from the ignition switch,the selector lever cannot be moved from the P(Park) position. The selector lever can bemoved if the ignition switch is in the ONposition and the foot brake pedal isdepressed.

There is an OFF position in between LOCKand ACC, although it does not show on thelock cylinder. When the ignition is in OFF thesteering wheel is not locked.

In order for the steering wheel to be locked, it

must be turned about 1/6 of a turn clockwisefrom the straight up position.

To lock the steering wheel, turn the keyto the LOCK position. Remove the key.To unlock the steering wheel, insert thekey and turn it gently while rotating thesteering wheel slightly right and left.

KEY POSITIONS

The switch includes an anti-theft steering lockdevice.

LOCK (Normal parking position) (0)

The ignition key can only be removed whenthe switch is in this position.

OFF (1)

The engine can be turned off without lockingthe steering wheel.

ACC (Accessories) (2)

This position activates electrical accessories

such as the radio when the engine is notrunning.

ON (Normal operating position) (3)

This position turns on the ignition system andthe electrical accessories.

START (4)

This position activates the starter motor,starting the engine.

INFINITI VEHICLE IMMOBI-LIZER SYSTEMThe Infiniti Vehicle Immobilizer System willnot allow the engine to start without the use ofthe registered Infiniti Vehicle Immobilizer Sys-tem key.

If the engine fails to start using the registeredInfiniti Vehicle Immobilizer System key (it maybe due to interference caused by anotherInfiniti Vehicle Immobilizer System key, anautomated toll road device or automatedpayment device on the key ring). Restart the


5-6

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

engine using the following procedures:

1. Leave the ignition switch in the ON posi-tion for approximately 5 seconds.

2. Turn ignition switch to the OFF or LOCKposition and wait approximately 10 sec-onds.

3. Repeat step 1 and 2 again.

4. Restart the engine while holding the device(which may have caused the interference)separate from the registered Infiniti VehicleImmobilizer System key.

If this procedure allows the engine to start,INFINITI recommends placing the registeredInfiniti Vehicle Immobilizer System key on aseparate key ring to avoid interference fromother devices.

BEFORE STARTING THEENGINEO Make sure the area around the vehicle is

clear.

O Maintenance items listed here should bechecked periodically, e.g., each time youcheck engine oil.

O Check that all windows and lights areclean.

O Visually inspect tires for their appearanceand condition. Also, check tires for properinflation.

O Lock all doors.

O Position seat and adjust head restraints.

O Adjust inside and outside mirrors.

O Fasten seat belts and ask all passengers todo likewise.

O Check the operation of warning lightswhen key is turned to the ON (3) position.

STARTING THE ENGINE1. Apply the parking brake.

2. Move the selector lever to P (Park) or N

(Neutral). (P preferred.)

The starter is designed not to operate if theselector lever is in one of the drivingpositions.

3. Crank the engine with your foot off theaccelerator pedal by turning the igni-tion key to START. Release the key whenthe engine starts. If the engine starts, butfails to run, repeat the above procedure.

O If the engine is very hard to start inextremely cold weather after a very shortrunning time, depress the acceleratorpedal a little (approximately 1/3 to thefloor) and hold it then crank the engine.Release the key and the accelerator pedalwhen the engine starts.

O If the engine is very hard to start becauseit is flooded, depress the accelerator pedalall the way to the floor and hold it. Crankthe engine for 5 to 6 seconds. Aftercranking the engine, release the accelera-


5-7

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

tor pedal. Crank the engine with your footoff the accelerator pedal by turning theignition key to START. Release the keywhen the engine starts. If the engine starts,but fails to run, repeat the above proce-dure.

CAUTION

Do not operate the starter for morethan 10 seconds at a time. If the en-gine does not start, turn the key offand wait 10 seconds before crankingagain, otherwise the starter could bedamaged.

4. Warm-up

Allow the engine to idle for at least 30seconds after starting. Do not race theengine while warming it up. Drive atmoderate speed for a short distance first,especially in cold weather. In cold

weather, keep the engine running for aminimum of 2 - 3 minutes before shuttingit off. Starting and stopping the engineover a short period of time may make thevehicle more difficult to start.

DRIVING THE VEHICLEAUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION

Gate type shiftThe automatic transmission in your vehicle iselectronically controlled by a transmissioncontrol module to produce maximum powerand smooth operation.

Shown on the following pages are the recom-mended operating procedures for this trans-mission. Follow these procedures for maxi-mum vehicle performance and drivingenjoyment.

Starting the vehicleAfter starting the engine, fully depress the footbrake pedal before shifting the selector lever

to the R, N, D, 3, 2 or 1 position. Be sure thevehicle is fully stopped before attempting toshift the selector lever.

This automatic transmission is de-signed so the foot brake pedal must bedepressed before shifting from the P(Park) position to any drive positionwhile the ignition switch is ON.

The selector lever cannot be moved outof the P (Park) position and into any ofthe other gear positions if the key isturned to the LOCK, OFF or ACC positionor if the key is removed from the switch.

1. Keep the foot brake pedal depressed andshift into a driving gear.

2. Release the parking brake and foot brake,then gradually start the vehicle in motion.


5-8

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

WARNING

O Do not depress the acceleratorpedal while shifting from P or N toR, D, 3, 2 or 1. Always depress thebrake pedal until shifting is com-pleted. Failure to do so couldcause you to lose control and havean accident.

O Cold engine idle speed is high, souse caution when shifting into aforward or reverse gear beforethe engine has warmed up.

O Never shift to P or R while thevehicle is moving forward. Nevershift to P or D while the vehicle ismoving rearward. These couldcause you to lose control andhave an accident.

O On slippery roads, do not down-shift. This may cause a loss ofcontrol.

CAUTION

When stopping the vehicle on an up-hill grade, do not hold the vehicle bydepressing the accelerator pedal.The foot brakes should be used forthis purpose.

Shifting

After starting the engine, fully depress thebrake pedal and shift the selector lever from P(Park) to R (Reverse), D (Drive), or any of thedesired shift positions.

WARNING

Apply the parking brake if the selec-tor lever is in any position while theengine is not running. Failure to do

SIS0092


5-9

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

so could cause the vehicle to moveunexpectedly or roll away and resultin serious personal injury or propertydamage.

If the key is turned to OFF or ACC for anyreason while the vehicle is in R (Reverse), N(Neutral), or any D (Drive) position, the keycannot be turned to LOCK and be removedfrom the ignition switch. Additionally, theselector lever cannot be moved to P (Park)from N (Neutral) or any D (Drive) position.The selector lever can be moved from R(Reverse) to P (Park) with the key in the OFFor ACC position. If the key cannot be turned toLOCK, perform the following steps:

1. Apply the parking brake when the vehicleis stopped.

2. Turn the key to ON while depressing thefoot brake pedal.

3. Move the selector lever to P (Park).

4. Turn the ignition key to LOCK to removethe key.

P (Park):

Use this selector position when the vehicle isparked or when starting the engine. Make surethe vehicle is completely stopped. The brakepedal must be depressed to move theselector lever from N (Neutral) or anydrive position to P (Park). Apply the park-ing brake. When parking on a hill, apply theparking brake first, then move the lever to theP (Park) position.

CAUTION

Use this position only when the ve-hicle is completely stopped.

R (Reverse):

Use this position to back up. Always be surethe vehicle is completely stopped when se-lecting R (Reverse). The brake pedal mustbe depressed to move the selector leverfrom P (Park), N (Neutral) or any driveposition to R (Reverse).

N (Neutral):

Neither forward nor reverse gear is engaged.The engine can be started in this position.You may shift to N (Neutral) and restart astalled engine while the vehicle is moving.

D (Drive):

Use this position for all normal forwarddriving.

3 (Third gear):

For driving up and down long slopes whereengine braking would be advantageous.


5-10

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

2 (Second gear):

Use for hill climbing or engine braking ondownhill grades.

Do not exceed 69 MPH (110 km/h) in the 2(Second gear) position.

1 (Low gear):

Use this position when climbing steep hillsslowly or driving slowly through deep snow,sand or mud, or for maximum engine brakingon steep downhill grades.

Do not exceed 37 MPH (60 km/h) in the 1(Low gear) position.

Shift lock release

If the battery charge is low or discharged, theselect lever may not move from the P positioneven with the brake pedal depressed.

To move the select lever, depress the brakepedal, and push the shift lock release button.The select lever can be moved to N (Neutral).

This allows the vehicle to be moved if thebattery is discharged.

If the lever cannot be moved out of P (Park)have your INFINITI dealer check the automatic

transmission system as soon as possible.

WARNING

If the selector lever cannot be movedfrom the P position while the engineis running and the brake pedal is de-pressed, the stop lights may notwork. Malfunctioning stop lightscould cause an accident injuringyourself and others.

Accelerator downshift — In Dposition —For rapid passing or hill climbing, fullydepress the accelerator pedal to the floor. Thisshifts the transmission down into second gearor first gear, depending on the vehicle speed.

SIS0093


5-11

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

Fail-safe

When the fail-safe operation occurs, the nexttime the key is turned to the ON position, the

light will blink for approximately 8seconds after coming on for 2 seconds. Whilethe vehicle can be driven under these circum-stances please note that the gears in theautomatic transmission will be locked in thirdgear.

If the vehicle is driven under extremeconditions, such as excessive wheelspinning and subsequent hard braking,the fail-safe system may be activated.This will occur even if all electrical cir-cuits are functioning properly. In thiscase, turn the ignition key OFF and waitfor 3 seconds. Then turn the key back tothe ON position. The vehicle should re-turn to its normal operating condition. Ifit does not return to its normal operatingcondition, have your INFINITI dealer

check the transmission and repair ifnecessary.

PARKING BRAKE

To apply: Fully depress the parking brakepedal.

To release:

1. Firmly apply the foot brake.

2. Depress the parking brake pedal and theparking brake will be released.

3. Before driving, be sure the brake warninglight goes out.

WARNING

O Be sure the parking brake is fullyreleased before driving. Failure todo so can cause brake failure andlead to an accident.

O Do not release the parking brakefrom outside the vehicle.

O Do not use the gear shift in placeof the parking brake. When park-ing, be sure the parking brake isfully engaged.

O Do not leave children unattendedin a vehicle. They could releasethe parking brake and cause anaccident.

SIS0067


5-12

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

CRUISE CONTROL

WARNING

Do not use the cruise control whendriving under the following condi-tions:

O it is not possible to keep thevehicle at set speed.

O in heavy traffic or in traffic thatvaries in speed.

O on winding roads, or hilly roads.

O on slippery roads (rain, snow,ice, etc.)

O in very windy areas.

Doing so could cause a loss of ve-hicle control and result in anaccident.

PRECAUTIONS ON CRUISECONTROLO If the cruise control system malfunctions,

it will cancel automatically. The cruiseindicator light in the instrument panel willthen blink to warn the driver.

O When the cruise indicator light blinks, turnthe cruise control switch (main switch)OFF and have the system checked by yourINFINITI dealer.

O The cruise indicator light may blink whenthe cruise control main switch is turnedON while pushing the RES/ACCEL,COAST/SET, or CANCEL switch (locatedon the steering wheel). To properly set thecruise control system perform the stepsabove in the order indicated.

CRUISE CONTROL OPERA-TIONS

The cruise control allows driving at a speedbetween 25 to 89 MPH (40 to 144 km/h)without keeping your foot on the acceleratorpedal.

To turn on the cruise control, push themain switch on. The cruise indicator light onthe meter panel will come on.

To set at cruising speed, accelerate yourvehicle to the desired speed, push the

SIS0060


5-13

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

COAST/SET switch and release it. (The SET in-dicator light will come on.) Take your foot offthe accelerator pedal. Your vehicle will main-tain the set speed.

O To pass another vehicle, depress theaccelerator pedal. When you release thepedal, the vehicle will return to the previ-ously set speed.

O The vehicle may not maintain the set speedwhen going up or down steep hills. If thishappens, drive without the cruise control.

To cancel the preset speed, follow any ofthese methods:

a) Push the CANCEL switch; The SET indi-cator light will go out.

b) Tap the brake pedal; The SET indicatorlight will go out.

c) Turn the main switch off. Both the CRUISEindicator and SET indicator lights will goout.

O If you depress the brake pedal whilepushing the RES/ACCEL set switch andreset at the cruising speed, turn the mainswitch off once and then turn it on again.

O The cruise control will automatically becancelled if the vehicle slows down belowapproximately 8 MPH (13 km/h).

O Move the selector lever to N (Neutral)position. The SET light will go out.

To reset at a faster cruising speed, useone of the following three methods:

a) Depress the accelerator pedal. When thevehicle attains the desired speed, push andrelease the COAST/SET switch.

b) Push and hold the RES/ACCEL set switch.When the vehicle attains the speed youdesire, release the switch.

c) Push, then quickly release the RES/ACCELset switch. Each time you do this, the set

speed will increase by about 1 MPH (1.6km/h).

To reset at a slower cruising speed, useone of the following three methods:

a) Lightly tap the brake pedal. When thevehicle attains the desired speed, push theCOAST/SET switch and release it.

b) Push and hold the COAST/SET switch.Release the switch when the vehicle slowsdown to the desired speed.

c) Push, then quickly release the COAST/SETswitch. Each time you do this, the setspeed will decrease by about 1 MPH (1.6km/h).

To resume the preset speed, push and re-lease the RES/ACCEL set switch. The vehiclewill resume the last set cruising speed whenthe vehicle speed is over 25 MPH (40 km/h).

BREAK-IN SCHEDULEDuring the first 1,200 miles (2,000 km), follow


5-14

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

these recommendations to obtain maximumengine performance and ensure the futurereliability and economy of your new vehicle.

Failure to follow these recommendations mayresult in shortened engine life and reducedengine performance.

O Avoid driving for long periods at constantspeed, either fast or slow. Do not run theengine over 4,000 rpm.

O Do not accelerate at full throttle in anygear.

O Avoid quick starts.

O Avoid hard braking as much as possible.

O Do not tow a trailer for the first 500 miles(800 km).

INCREASING FUELECONOMYO Accelerate slowly and smoothly. Maintain

cruising speeds with a constant acceleratorposition.

O Drive at moderate speeds on the highway.Driving at high speed will lower fueleconomy.

O Avoid unnecessary stopping and braking.Maintain a safe distance behind othervehicles.

O Use a proper gear range which suits roadconditions. On level roads, shift into highgear as soon as possible.

O Avoid unnecessary engine idling.

O Keep your engine tuned up.

O Follow the recommended periodic mainte-nance schedule.

O Keep the tires inflated at the correct pres-sure. Low pressure will increase tire wearand waste fuel.

O Keep the front wheels in correct alignment.

Improper alignment will cause not only tirewear but also lower fuel economy.

O Air conditioner operation lowers fueleconomy. Use the air conditioner onlywhen necessary.

O When cruising at highway speeds, it ismore economical to use the air conditionerand leave the windows closed to reducedrag.


5-15

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

PARKING/PARKING ONHILLS

WARNING

O Do not stop or park the vehicleover flammable materials such asdry grass, waste paper or rags.They may ignite and cause a fire.

O Never leave the engine running

while the vehicle is unattended.

O Never leave children unattendedin the vehicle.

1. Firmly apply the parking brake.

2. Move the selector lever to the P (Park)position.

WARNING

O Safe parking procedures requirethat both the parking brake be setand the transmission placed into P(Park) for automatic transmissionmodels. Failure to do so couldcause the vehicle to move unex-pectedly or roll away and result inan accident.

O Make sure the automatic trans-mission selector lever has beenpushed as far forward as it can goand cannot be moved without de-pressing the button at the end ofthe lever.

3. To help prevent the vehicle from rollinginto the street when parked on a slopingdrive way, it is a good practice to turn thewheels as illustrated.

ISD001


5-16

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

O HEADED DOWNHILL WITH CURB: j1

Turn the wheels into the curb and movethe vehicle forward until the curb sidewheel gently touches the curb.

O HEADED UPHILL WITH CURB: j2

Turn the wheels away from the curb andmove the vehicle back until the curb sidewheel gently touches the curb.

O HEADED UPHILL OR DOWNHILL, NOCURB: j3

Turn the wheels toward the side of theroad so the vehicle will move away fromthe center of the road if it moves.

4. Turn the ignition key to the LOCK positionand remove the key.

POWER STEERINGThe power assisted steering is designed touse a hydraulic pump, driven by the engine, toassist steering.

If the engine stops or drive belt breaks, youwill still have control of the vehicle. However,much greater steering effort is needed, espe-cially in sharp turns or at low speeds.

WARNING

If the engine is not running or isturned off while driving, the powerassist for the steering will not work.Steering will be much harder to op-erate.

BRAKE SYSTEM

BRAKING PRECAUTIONS

The brake system has two separate hydrauliccircuits. If one circuit malfunctions, you willstill have braking at two wheels.

Vacuum assisted brake

The brake booster aids braking by using

engine vacuum. If the engine stops, you canstop the vehicle by depressing the brakepedal. However, greater foot pressure on thebrake pedal will be required to stop the vehicleand the stopping distance will be longer.

Wet brakes

When the vehicle is washed or driven throughwater, the brakes may get wet. As a result,your braking distance will be longer and thevehicle may pull to one side during braking.To dry brakes, drive the vehicle at a safespeed while lightly pressing the brake pedal toheat-up the brakes. Do this until the brakesreturn to normal. Avoid driving the vehicle athigh speeds until the brakes function cor-rectly.

Using the brakes

Avoid resting your foot on the brake pedalwhile driving. This will overheat the brakes,wear out the brake linings and pads faster andreduce gas mileage.


5-17

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

To help save the brakes and to prevent thebrakes from overheating, reduce speed anddownshift to a lower gear before going downa slope or long grade. Overheated brakes mayreduce braking performance and could resultin loss of vehicle control.

WARNING

O While driving on a slippery sur-face, be careful when braking, ac-celerating or downshifting. Abruptbraking or accelerating couldcause the wheels to skid and re-sult in an accident.

O If the engine is not running or isturned off while driving, thepower assist for the brakes willnot work. Braking will be harder.

ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM(ABS)The anti-lock brake system controls the brakesat each wheel so the wheels will not lock whenbraking abruptly or when braking on slipperysurfaces. The system detects the rotationspeed at each wheel and varies the brake fluidpressure to prevent each wheel from lockingand sliding. By preventing wheel lockup, thesystem helps the driver maintain steeringcontrol and helps to minimize swerving andspinning on slippery surfaces.

Using the systemDepress the brake pedal and hold it down.

WARNING

Do not pump the brake pedal. Doingso may result in increased stoppingdistances.

Normal operation

The anti-lock brake system will not operate atspeeds below 3 to 6 MPH (5 to 10 km/h) tocompletely stop the vehicle. (The speeds willvary according to road conditions.) When theanti-lock system senses that one or morewheels are close to locking up, the actuator(under the hood) rapidly applies and releaseshydraulic pressure (like pumping the brakesvery quickly). While the actuator is working,you may feel a pulsation in the brake pedaland hear a noise or vibration from the actuatorunder the hood. This is normal and indicatesthat the anti-lock system is working properly.However, the pulsation may indicate that roadconditions are hazardous and extra care isrequired while driving.

Self-test feature

The anti-lock brake system consists of elec-tronic sensors, electric pumps, and hydraulicsolenoids controlled by a computer. The


5-18

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

computer has a built-in diagnostic feature thattests the system each time you start the engineand move the vehicle at a low speed inforward or reverse. When the self-test occurs,you may hear a clunk noise and/or feel apulsation in the brake pedal. This is normaland is not an indication of any malfunction. Ifthe computer senses any malfunction, itswitches the anti-lock brake system OFF andturns on the ABS warning light in the dash-board. The brake system will then behavenormally, but without anti-lock assistance.

If the light comes on during the self check, orwhile you are driving, you should take yourvehicle to your INFINITI dealer for repair atyour earliest convenience.

WARNING

The anti-lock brake system is a so-phisticated device, but it cannot pre-

vent accidents resulting from care-less or dangerous driving tech-niques. It can help maintain vehiclecontrol during braking on slipperysurfaces, but remember that thestopping distance on slippery sur-faces will be longer than on normalsurfaces, even with the anti-locksystem. Stopping distances mayalso be longer on rough, gravel orsnow covered roads, or if you areusing tire chains. Always maintain asafe distance from the vehicle infront of you. Ultimately, the respon-sibility for safety of self and othersrests in the hands of the driver.

Tire type and condition of tires mayalso affect braking effectiveness.

O When replacing tires, install thespecified size of tires on all four

wheels.

O When installing a spare tire,make sure it is the proper sizeand type as specified on the tireplacard. See “Vehicle identifica-tion” in the “9. Technical andconsumer information” sectionfor tire placard location.

TRACTION CONTROL SYS-TEM (if so equipped)On slippery surfaces such as wet asphaltroads, vehicle wheels may spin when thevehicle is accelerated. This wheel spin re-duces acceleration, or causes the vehicle toswerve, thus decreasing vehicle stability.

The traction control system helps limit wheelspin on slippery roads. The system operatesonly if it senses one or both of the frontwheels spinning or beginning to lose traction.


5-19

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

When this happens, the system reduces en-gine power and may also upshift the trans-mission to help limit wheel spin.

O Indicator lightIf a malfunction occurs in the tractioncontrol system, the SLIP and indi-cator lights come on in the meter panel.As long as these warning lights are on, thetraction control function is canceled. Thevehicle will behaves like a model withoutthe traction control system.

CAUTION

O The traction control system ismost effective when the transmis-sion gear selector is in the D po-sition.

O If you drive in gear 1 or 2 with theTCS on, this could cause the three

way catalyst to overheat and bedamaged. To avoid this, the TCSwill automatically turn off. Shift-ing the gear selector to D willreactivate the TCS.

WARNING

This system is designed to preventthe wheels from spinning. However,it does not prevent vehicle slipping orspinning due to abrupt steering op-eration at high speeds or by carelessor dangerous driving techniques. Beespecially careful when driving onslippery surfaces and always drivesafely.

VEHICLE DYNAMIC CON-TROL SYSTEM (VDC) (if soequipped)When driving on slippery surfaces or sud-denly avoiding obstacles on roads, the vehiclemight swerve or slip. With the vehicle dy-namic control system, sensors detect thesemovements and control the braking and en-gine output to help improve vehicle stabilitywhile driving.

O When the vehicle dynamic control systemis operating, the slip indicator in theinstrument panel blinks.

O When only the traction control system inthe vehicle dynamic control system isoperating, the slip indicator blinks.

O If the slip indicator blinks, the vehicle isunder slippery conditions. Be sure to drivecarefully. See “Slip indicator light”, and“Vehicle dynamic control off indicator


5-20

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

light” in the “Instruments and controls”section.

O Indicator lightIf a malfunction occurs in the system, theSLIP and indicator lights come onin the meter panel.As long as these warning lights are on, thetraction control function is canceled. Thevehicle will behave like a model withoutthe system.

WARNING

O The vehicle dynamic control sys-tem is designed to help improvedriving stability but does not pre-vent accidents due to abrupt steer-ing operation at high speeds or bycareless or dangerous drivingtechniques. Reduce vehicle speedand be especially careful when

driving and cornering on slipperysurfaces and always drive care-fully.

O If engine related parts such asmuffler are not standard equip-ment or are extremely deterio-rated, the vehicle dynamic con-trol off indicator light and slipindicator light may come on.

O Do not modify the vehicle’s sus-pension. The vehicle dynamiccontrol system may not operatecorrectly.

O If suspension parts such as shockabsorbers, struts, springs andbushings are not standard equip-ment or are extremely deterio-rated, the vehicle dynamic con-trol system may not operateproperly and the vehicle dynamic

control off indicator light maycome on.

O When driving on extremely in-clined surfaces such as higherbanked corners, the vehicle dy-namic control system may notoperate properly and the vehicledynamic control off indicator lightmay come on. Do not drive onthese types of roads.

O If the tires other than the recom-mended ones are used, the ve-hicle dynamic control system maynot operate properly or the ve-hicle dynamic control off indica-tor light may come on.

O The vehicle dynamic control sys-tem is not a substitute for wintertires or tire chains on a snow


5-21

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

covered road.

COLD WEATHER DRIVING

FREEING A FROZEN DOORLOCK

To prevent a door lock from freezing, applyde-icer or glycerin to it through the key hole.If the lock becomes frozen, heat the key beforeinserting it into the key hole.

ANTI-FREEZEIn the winter when it is anticipated that thetemperature will drop below 32°F (0°C),check anti-freeze to assure proper winterprotection. For additional information, see“Engine cooling system” in the “8. Mainte-nance and do-it-yourself” section.

BATTERYIf the battery is not fully charged duringextremely cold weather conditions, the battery

fluid may freeze and damage the battery. Tomaintain maximum efficiency, the batteryshould be checked regularly. For additionalinformation, see “Battery” in the “8. Mainte-nance and do-it-yourself” section.

DRAINING OF COOLANT WA-TER

If the vehicle is to be left outside withoutanti-freeze, drain the cooling system by open-ing the drain valves located under the radiatorand on the engine block. Refill before oper-ating the vehicle. See “Engine cooling system”in the “8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself”section for changing engine coolant.

TIRE EQUIPMENT1. SUMMER tires are of a tread design to

provide superior performance on dry pave-ment. However, the performance of thesetires will be substantially reduced in snowyand icy conditions. If you operate yourvehicle on snowy or icy roads, INFINITI

recommends the use of MUD & SNOW orALL SEASON tires on all four wheels.Please consult your INFINITI dealer for thetire type, size, speed rating and availabilityinformation.

2. For additional traction on icy roads, stud-ded tires may be used. However, someprovinces and states prohibit their use.Check local, state and provincial lawsbefore installing studded tires.

Skid and traction capabilities of studdedsnow tires, on wet or dry surfaces, maybe poorer than that of non-studded snowtires.

3. Tire chains may be used if desired. Makesure they are of proper size for the tires onyour vehicle and are installed according tothe chain manufacturer’s suggestions. Useof tire chains may be prohibited accordingto location. Check the local laws beforeinstalling tire chains. When installing tire


5-22

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

chains, make sure they are of proper sizefor the tires on your vehicle and areinstalled according to the chain manufac-turer’s suggestions. Use only SAE ClassS chains. Class “S” chains are used onvehicles with restricted tire to vehicleclearance. Vehicles that can use Class “S”chains are designed to meet the SAEstandard minimum clearances between thetire and the closest vehicle suspension orbody component required to accommodatethe use of a winter traction device (tirechains or cables). The minimum clear-ances are determined using the factoryequipped tire size. Other types may dam-age your vehicle. Use chain tensionerswhen recommended by the tire chainmanufacturer to ensure a tight fit. Looseend links of the tire chain must be securedor removed to prevent the possibility ofwhipping action damage to the fenders orunderbody. If possible, avoid fully loadingyour vehicle when using tire chains. In

addition, drive at a reduced speed. Other-wise, your vehicle may be damaged and/orvehicle handling and performance may beadversely affected.

Never install tire chains on a T-type sparetire. Do not use tire chains on dry roads.

SPECIAL WINTER EQUIPMENTIt is recommended that the following items becarried in the vehicle during winter:

O a scraper and stiff-bristled brush to re-move ice and snow from the windows andwiper blades.

O a sturdy, flat board to be placed under thejack to give it firm support.

O a shovel to dig the vehicle out of snow-drifts.

O extra window washer fluid to refill thereservoir tank.

DRIVING ON SNOW OR ICE

WARNING

O Wet ice (32°F, 0°C and freezingrain), very cold snow or ice can beslick and very hard to drive on. Thevehicle will have a lot less tractionor grip under these conditions. Tryto avoid driving on wet ice until theroad is salted or sanded.

O Whatever the condition, drivewith caution. Accelerate and slowdown with care. If accelerating ordownshifting too fast, the drivewheels will lose even more trac-tion.

O Allow more stopping distance un-der these conditions. Brakingshould be started sooner than on


5-23

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

dry pavement.

O Allow greater following distanceson slippery roads.

O Watch for slippery spots (glareice). These may appear on anotherwise clear road in shadedareas. If a patch of ice is seenahead, brake before reaching it.Try not to brake while actually onthe ice, and avoid any suddensteering maneuvers.

O Do not use cruise control on slip-pery roads.

O Snow can trap dangerous exhaustgases under your vehicle. Keepsnow clear of the exhaust pipeand from around your vehicle.

ENGINE BLOCK HEATER(if so equipped)An engine block heater to assist extreme coldtemperature starting is available through yourINFINITI dealer.

WARNING

Do not use your heater with an un-grounded electrical system or two-pronged (cheater) adapters. You canbe injured by an electrical shock ifyou use an ungrounded connection.


5-24

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

6 IN CASE OF EMERGENCY

Roadside assistance program ..................... 6-2Flat tire ........................................................ 6-2

Changing a flat tire ................................ 6-2Jump starting .............................................. 6-7Push starting ............................................... 6-9

If your vehicle overheats........................... 6-10Towing your vehicle .................................. 6-11

Towing recommended by INFINITI ...... 6-12Vehicle recovery (Freeing a stuckvehicle) ................................................. 6-13

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

ROADSIDE ASSISTANCEPROGRAMEvery new INFINITI comes with a 4 year,unlimited mileage Roadside Assistance plan.In the event of a roadside emergency, Road-side Assistance Service is available to you.Please refer to your Warranty InformationBooklet for details. Both the Warranty Infor-mation Booklet and Roadside Assistance Call-ing Card in your Owner’s Literature Portfolioprovide the Toll-Free Number to call forassistance. Roadside Assistance is provided24 hours a day, 365 days a year, for four yearsfrom the date sold to give emergency roadsidehelp, in the event of mechanical or nonme-chanical trouble(s) such as flat tires,out-of-gas, dead battery, lost keys mechanicalbreakdown, accident, etc.

FLAT TIRE

CHANGING A FLAT TIRE

If you have a flat tire, follow the instructionsbelow.

Stopping the vehicle1. Safely move the vehicle off the road away

from traffic.

2. Turn on the hazard warning flashers.

3. Park on a level surface and apply theparking brake. Shift the manual transmis-sion into the R (Reverse) position (auto-matic transmission in the P (Park) posi-tion).

4. Turn off the engine.

5. Raise the hood to warn other traffic, and tosignal professional road assistance per-sonnel that you need assistance.

6. Have all passengers get out of the vehicleand stand in a safe place, away from traffic

and clear of the vehicle.

WARNING

O Make sure that the parking brakeis securely applied and themanual transmission is shiftedinto R (Reverse), or the automatictransmission into P (Park).

O Never change tires when the ve-hicle is on a slope, ice or slipperyareas. This is hazardous.

O Never change tires if oncomingtraffic is close to your vehicle.Wait for professional roadassistance.

IN CASE OF EMERGENCY

6-2

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

Blocking wheels

Place suitable blocks at both the front andback of the wheel diagonally opposite the flattire to prevent the vehicle from rolling when itis jacked up.

WARNING

Be sure to block the wheel as the ve-hicle may move and could cause per-sonal injury.

Getting the spare tire and tools

Remove jacking tools and spare tire from thestorage area located inside the trunk asillustrated.

ICE001

SIE0047 SIE0056


6-3

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

Jacking up the vehicle and re-moving the damaged tire

Carefully read the caution label at-tached to the jack body and the followinginstructions.

1. Place the jack directly under the jack-uppoint as illustrated above so that top of thejack contacts the vehicle at the jack uppoint. Align the jack head between the twonotches in the front or the rear as shown.Also fit the groove of the jack headbetween the notches as shown.

The jack should be used on level firmground.

2. Loosen each wheel nut one or two turns byturning counterclockwise with the wheelnut wrench. Do not remove the wheelnuts until the tire is off the ground.

3. Carefully raise the vehicle until the tireclears the ground. To lift the vehicle,securely hold the jack lever and rod withboth hands as shown above. Remove thewheel nuts, and then remove the tire.

SIE0006

SIE0001


6-4

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

WARNING

O Never get under the vehicle whileit is supported only by the jack.

O Use only the jack provided withyour vehicle to lift the vehicle. Donot use the jack provided withyour vehicle on other vehicles.The jack is designed only for lift-ing your vehicle during a tirechange.

O Use the correct jack up points;never use any other part of thevehicle for jack support.

O Never jack up the vehicle morethan necessary.

O Never use blocks on or under thejack.

O Do not start or run engine whilevehicle is on the jack, as it maycause the vehicle to move. This isespecially true for vehicle withlimited slip differential carrier.

O Do not allow passengers to stayin the vehicle while it is on thejack.

Installing the spare tire

The spare tire is designed for emer-gency use. See specific instructions un-der the heading “Wheels and tires” inthe “8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself”section of this manual.

1. Clean any mud or dirt from the surfacebetween the wheel and hub.

2. Carefully put the spare tire on and tightenthe wheel nuts finger tight.

3. With the wheel nut wrench, tighten wheelnuts alternately and evenly until they aretight.

4. Lower the vehicle slowly until the tiretouches the ground. Then, with the wheelnut wrench, tighten the wheel nuts se-curely in the sequence illustrated (j1 ,j2 , j3 , j4 , j5 ). Lower the vehiclecompletely.

ICE006M


6-5

Z 03.7.21/CA33-D X

WARNING

O Incorrect wheel nuts or improperlytightened wheel nuts can causethe wheel to become loose orcome off. This could cause an ac-cident.

O Do not use oil or grease on thewheel studs or nuts. This couldcause the nuts to become loose.

Retighten the wheel nuts when the ve-hicle has been driven for 600 miles(1,000 km) (also in cases of a flat tire,etc.). As soon as possible, tighten thewheel nuts to the specified torque witha torque wrench.

Wheel nut tightening torque:

80 ft-lb (108 Nzm)

The wheel nuts must be kept tightenedto specification at all times. It is recom-mended that wheel nuts be tightened tospecifications at each lubrication inter-val.

Adjust tire pressure to the COLD pres-sure.

COLD pressure: After vehicle has beenparked for three hours or more or drivenless than 1 mile (1.6 km).

COLD tire pressures are shown on theTire and Loading Information label af-fixed to the driver side center pillar.

5. Securely store the flat tire and jackingequipment in the vehicle.

6. Place the spare tire cover and the trunkfloor carpeting over the damaged tire.

7. Close the trunk.

WARNING

O Always make sure that the sparetire and jacking equipment are

SIE0007


6-6

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

properly secured after use. Suchitems can become dangerous pro-jectiles in an accident or suddenstop.

O The spare tire is designed foremergency use. See specific in-structions under the heading“Wheels and tires” in the “8.Maintenance and do-it-yourself”section of this manual.

If needed, Roadside Assistance is available.Please see your Warranty Information Bookletor Roadside Assistance I.D. Card for thetoll-free number to call.

JUMP STARTINGTo start your engine with a booster battery,the instructions and precautions below mustbe followed.

WARNING

O If done incorrectly, jump startingcan lead to a battery explosion, re-sulting in severe injury or death. Itcould also damage your vehicle.

O Explosive hydrogen gas is alwayspresent in the vicinity of the bat-tery. Keep all sparks and flamesaway from the battery.

O Do not allow battery fluid to comeinto contact with eyes, skin, clothor painted surfaces. Battery fluidis a corrosive sulphuric acid so-lution which can cause severeburns. If the fluid should comeinto contact with anything, imme-diately flush the contacted areawith water.

O Keep battery out of the reach ofchildren.

O The booster battery must be ratedat 12 volts. Use of an improperlyrated battery can damage yourvehicle.

O Whenever working on or near abattery, always wear suitable eyeprotectors (For example, gogglesor industrial safety spectacles)and remove rings, metal bands,or any other jewelry. Do not leanover the battery when jump start-ing.

O Do not attempt to jump start afrozen battery. It could explodeand cause serious injury.

O Your vehicle has an automaticengine cooling fan. It could come


6-7

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

on at any time. Keep hands andother objects away from it.


WARNING

Always follow the instructions below.Failure to do so could result in dam-age to the charging system and

cause personal injury.

1. If the booster battery is in another vehicle,position the two vehicles to bring theirbatteries into close proximity to eachother.

SIE0034


6-8

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

Do not allow the two vehicles totouch.

2. Apply parking brake. Move the shift leverto the N (Neutral) position (On automatictransmission models, move the selectorlever to the P (Park) position). Switch offall unnecessary electrical systems (light,heater, air conditioner, etc.).

3. Remove vent caps on the battery (if soequipped). Cover the battery with an oldcloth to reduce explosion hazard.

4. Connect jumper cables in the sequence asillustrated.

CAUTION

O Always connect positive (+) topositive (+) and negative (−) tobody ground (For example, strutmounting bolt, etc. — not to the

battery).

O Make sure that cables do nottouch moving parts in the enginecompartment and that clamps donot contact any other metal.

5. Start the engine of the other vehicle and letit run for a few minutes.

6. Keep the engine speed of the other vehicleat about 2,000 rpm, and start your enginein the normal manner.

CAUTION

Do not keep starter motor engagedfor more than 10 seconds. If the en-gine does not start right away, turnthe key off and wait 3 to 4 seconds be-fore trying again.

7. After starting your engine, carefully dis-connect the negative cable and then thepositive cable.

8. Replace the vent caps (if so equipped). Besure to dispose of the cloth used to coverthe vent holes as it may be contaminatedwith corrosive acid.

PUSH STARTINGDo not start the engine by pushing.

CAUTION

O Automatic transmission modelscannot be push started. This maycause transmission damage.

O Three way catalyst equippedmodels should not be started bypushing since the three way cata-lyst may be damaged.


6-9

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

O Never try to start the vehicle bytowing it; when the engine starts,the forward surge could cause thevehicle to collide with the towvehicle.

If needed Roadside Assistance is available.Please see your Warranty Information Bookletor Roadside Assistance I.D. Card for thetoll-free number to call.

IF YOUR VEHICLE OVER-HEATS

WARNING

O Do not continue to drive if your ve-hicle overheats. Doing so couldcause a vehicle fire.

O To avoid the danger of beingscalded, never remove the radia-tor cap while the engine is stillhot. When the radiator cap isremoved, pressurized hot waterwill spurt out, possibly causingserious injury.

O Do not open the hood if steam iscoming out.

If your vehicle is overheating (indicated by anextremely high temperature gauge reading), orif you feel a lack of engine power, detectabnormal noise, etc., take the following steps:

1. Move the vehicle safely off the road, applythe parking brake and move the shift leverto the N (Neutral) position (automatictransmission to the P (Park) position).

Do not stop the engine.

2. Turn off the air conditioner switch. Open

all the windows, move the heater or airconditioner temperature control to maxi-mum hot and fan control to high speed.

3. Get out of the vehicle. Look and listen forsteam or coolant escaping from the radia-tor before opening the hood. Wait until nosteam or coolant can be seen beforeproceeding.

4. Open the engine hood.

WARNING

If steam or water is coming from theengine, stand clear to prevent gettingburned.

5. Visually check if the cooling fan is run-ning. The radiator hoses and radiatorshould not leak water. If coolant is leakingor the cooling fan does not run, stop theengine.


6-10

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

WARNING

O Be careful not to allow your hands,hair, jewelry or clothing to comeinto contact with, or to get caughtin the cooling fan, or drive belt.

O The engine cooling fan can startat any time when the coolanttemperature is high.

6. After the engine cools down, check thecoolant level in the reservoir tank with theengine running. Add coolant to the reser-voir tank if necessary. Have your vehiclerepaired at the nearest INFINITI dealer.


TOWING YOUR VEHICLEWhen towing your vehicle, all State (Provin-cial in Canada) and local regulations fortowing must be followed. Incorrect towingequipment could damage your vehicle. Tow-ing instructions are available from an INFINITIdealer. Local service operators are generallyfamiliar with the applicable laws and proce-dures for towing. To assure proper towing andto prevent accidental damage to your vehicle,INFINITI recommends having a service opera-tor tow your vehicle. It is advisable to have theservice operator carefully read the followingprecautions:

WARNING

O Never ride in a vehicle that is be-ing towed.

O Never get under your vehicle afterit has been lifted by a tow truck.

CAUTION

O When towing, make sure that thetransmission, axles, steering sys-tem and powertrain are in workingcondition. If any unit is damaged,dollies must be used.

O Always attach safety chains be-fore towing.

For information about towing your vehiclebehind a recreational vehicle (RV), refer to“Flat towing” in the “9. Technical and con-sumer information” section of this manual.


For Canada models, Warranty & Roadsideassistance Information booklet.


6-11

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

TOWING RECOMMENDED BYINFINITI

INFINITI recommends that your vehicle be

towed with the driving (front) wheels off theground or place the vehicle on a flat bed truckas illustrated.

CAUTION

O Never tow automatic transmissionmodels with the front wheels onthe ground or four wheels on theground (forward or backward), asthis may cause serious and expen-sive damage to the transmission.If it is necessary to tow the vehiclewith the rear wheels raised, al-ways use towing dollies under thefront wheels.

O When towing automatic transmis-sion models with the front wheelson towing dollies, or when towingmanual transmission models withthe front wheels on the ground:

O Turn the ignition key to theOFF position, and secure thesteering wheel in a straightahead position with a rope orsimilar device. Never securethe steering wheel by turningthe ignition key to the LOCKposition. This may damagethe steering lock mechanism.

O Move the shift lever to the N(Neutral) position.

O When towing automatic ormanual transmission models withthe rear wheels on the ground (ifyou do not use towing dollies):Always release the parking brake.

SIE0036


6-12

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

VEHICLE RECOVERY (Freeing astuck vehicle)

WARNING

O Stand clear of a stuck vehicle.

O Do not spin your tires at highspeed. This could cause them toexplode and result in serious in-jury. Parts of your vehicle couldalso overheat and be damaged.

CAUTION

O Tow chains or cables must be at-tached only to the main structuralmembers of the vehicle.

O Use the towing hook only, notother parts of the vehicle. Other-wise, the vehicle body will be

damaged.

O Use the towing hook only to free avehicle stuck in sand, snow,mud, etc. Never tow a vehicle fora long distance using only the towhook.

O The towing hook is under tremen-dous force when used to free astuck vehicle. Always pull thecable straight out from the front ofthe vehicle. Never pull on thevehicle at an angle.

O Pulling devices should be routedso they do not touch any part ofthe suspension, steering, brakeor cooling systems.

O Pulling devices such as ropes orcanvas straps are not recom-mended for use in vehicle towingor recovery.

SIE0035


6-13

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

7 APPEARANCE AND CARE

Cleaning exterior.......................................... 7-2Washing.................................................. 7-2Waxing.................................................... 7-3Removing spots ..................................... 7-3Underbody .............................................. 7-3Glass....................................................... 7-3Aluminum alloy wheels .......................... 7-4Chrome parts ......................................... 7-4

Cleaning interior .......................................... 7-4

Floor mats .............................................. 7-5Seat belts ............................................... 7-5

Corrosion protection.................................... 7-6Most common factors contributing to ve-hicle corrosion........................................ 7-6Environmental factors influence the rate ofcorrosion ................................................ 7-6To protect your vehicle fromcorrosion ................................................ 7-6

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

CLEANING EXTERIORIn order to maintain the appearance of yourvehicle, it is important to take proper care ofit.

To protect the paint surface, wash yourvehicle as soon as you can:

O After a rainfall to prevent possible damagefrom acid rain

O After driving on coastal roads

O When things such as soot, bird droppings,tree sap, metal particles or bugs get on thepaint surface

O When dust or mud builds up on thesurface

Whenever possible, store or park your vehicleinside a garage or in a covered area.

When it is necessary to park outside, park ina shady area or protect the vehicle with a bodycover.

Be careful not to scratch the paint sur-face when putting on or removing thebody cover.

WASHING

Thoroughly rinse surface dirt off the vehiclewith a wet sponge and plenty of clean water.Clean the vehicle thoroughly using a mildsoap such as NISSAN Car Wash, or a generalpurpose dishwashing liquid mixed with clean,lukewarm (never hot) water. Rinse the vehicleagain with plenty of clean water.

Inside flanges, seams and folds on the doors,hatches and hood are particularly vulnerableto the effects of road salt. Therefore, theseareas must be regularly cleaned. Make surethat the drain holes in the lower edge of thedoor are open. Spray water under the bodyand in the wheel wells to loosen the dirt andwash away road salt.

Avoid leaving water spots on the paint surfaceby using a damp chamois to dry the vehicle.

CAUTION

O Do not use strong household soap,strong chemical detergents, gaso-line or solvents.

O Do not wash the vehicle in directsunlight or while the vehicle bodyis hot, as the surface may be-come water-spotted.

O Avoid using tight-napped or roughcloths, such as washing mitts.Care must be taken when remov-ing caked-on dirt or other foreignsubstances so that the paint sur-face is not scratched or damaged.

APPEARANCE AND CARE

7-2

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

WAXINGIf you wish to wax your vehicle, only use a waxspecified for use over clear coats, such asNISSAN Liquid or Spray Wax, because yourINFINITI has been finished with the finest paintand hard clear coats. Your INFINITI dealer canassist you in choosing the proper product.

O Wax your vehicle only after a thoroughwashing. Follow the instructions suppliedwith the wax.

O Do not use a wax containing any abra-sives, cutting compounds or cleaners thatmay damage the vehicle finish.

O If the surface does not polish easily, use aroad tar remover and wax again.

Machine compounding or aggressivepolishing on a base coat/clear coat paintfinish may dull the finish or leave swirlmarks.

REMOVING SPOTSRemove tar and oil spots, industrial dust,insects, and tree sap as quickly as possiblefrom the paint surface to avoid lasting damageor staining. Special cleaning products areavailable at your INFINITI dealer or automotiveaccessory stores.

UNDERBODYIn areas where road salt is used in winter, theunderbody must be cleaned regularly. Thiswill prevent dirt and salt from building up andcausing underbody and suspension corrosion.Before the winter period and again in thespring, the underseal must be checked and, ifnecessary, re-treated.

GLASS

Use glass cleaner to remove smoke and dustfilm from the glass surfaces. It is normal forglass to become coated with a film after thevehicle is parked in the hot sun. Glass cleanerand a soft cloth will easily remove this film.

SIA0010

APPEARANCE AND CARE

7-3

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

CAUTION

When cleaning the inside of the win-dow, do not use sharp-edged tools,abrasive cleaners or chlorine baseddisinfectant cleaners. They coulddamage the electrical conductors,radio antenna elements or rear win-dow defogger elements.

ALUMINUM ALLOY WHEELSWash regularly, especially during wintermonths in areas where road salt is used. Saltcould discolor the wheel if not removed.

CHROME PARTSClean chrome parts regularly with a non-abrasive chrome polish to maintain the finish.

CLEANING INTERIOROccasionally remove loose dust from the

interior trim, plastic parts and seats using avacuum cleaner or soft brush.

When interior trim or seats are stained, cleanimmediately as follows:

O wipe clean using a clean, soft damp clothand a neutral detergent. Wipe off all tracesof the detergent with another clean softdamp cloth, finishing with a soft dry cloth.

O if the above method does not remove thestains, etc., rub the affected area using asoft wet brush and a neutral detergent.Wipe off all traces of the detergent with aclean soft damp cloth, finishing with a softdry cloth.

Before using any fabric protector, read themanufacturer’s recommendations. Some fabricprotectors contain chemicals that may stain orbleach the seat material. Use a cloth damp-ened only with water, to clean the meter andgauge lens.

INFINITI offers vinyl and leather cleaner for

more difficult stains or soiled surfaces. Seeyour INFINITI dealer for assistance in choos-ing the proper product.

CAUTION

O Never use benzine, thinner, or anysimilar solvents.

O The leather seats should be regu-larly coated with a leather waxlike saddle soap. Never use carwax.

O Never use fabric protectors un-less recommended by the manu-facturer.

O Do not use glass or plasticcleaner on meter or gauge lenscovers. It may damage the lenscover.

APPEARANCE AND CARE

7-4

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

FLOOR MATSThe use of genuine floor mats can extend thelife of your vehicle carpet and make it easier toclean the interior.

No matter what mats are used, be surethey are fitted for your vehicle and areproperly positioned in the footwell toprevent interference with pedal opera-tion.

Mats should be maintained with regular clean-ing and replaced if they become excessivelyworn.

Floor mat positioning aid (Driverside only)

Your INFINITI model includes a front floor matbracket to act as a floor mat positioning aid.INFINITI floor mats have been specially de-signed for your vehicle model. The driver’sside floor mat has a grommet hole incorpo-rated in it. Simply position the mat by placingthe floor mat bracket through the floor matgrommet hole while centering the mat in thefloorpan contour.

Periodically check to make certain that the

mats are properly positioned.

SEAT BELTSThe seat belts can be cleaned by wiping themwith a sponge dampened in a mild soapsolution. Allow the belts to dry completelybefore using them.

WARNING

Do not allow wet belts to roll up in theretractor. Never use bleach, dye, orchemical solvents since these mayseverely weaken the seat beltwebbing.

SIA0004

APPEARANCE AND CARE

7-5

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

CORROSION PROTECTION

MOST COMMON FACTORSCONTRIBUTING TO VEHICLECORROSION

O The accumulation of moisture-retainingdirt and debris in body panel sections,cavities, and other areas.

O Damage to paint and other protectivecoatings caused by gravel and stone chipsor minor traffic accidents.

ENVIRONMENTAL FACTORSINFLUENCE THE RATE OF COR-ROSION

MoistureAccumulation of sand, dirt and water on thevehicle body underside can accelerate corro-sion. Wet floor coverings will not dry com-pletely inside the vehicle, and should beremoved for drying to avoid floor panelcorrosion.

Relative humidityCorrosion will be accelerated in areas of highrelative humidity, especially those areas wherethe temperatures stay above freezing whereatmospheric pollution exists, or where roadsalt is used.

TemperatureA temperature increase will accelerate the rateof corrosion to those parts which are not wellventilated.

Air pollutionIndustrial pollution, the presence of salt in theair in coastal areas, or heavy road salt use willaccelerate the corrosion process. Road saltwill also accelerate the disintegration of paintsurfaces.

TO PROTECT YOUR VEHICLEFROM CORROSION

O Wash your vehicle often to keep thevehicle clean.

O Always check for minor damage to thepaint and repair it as soon as possible.

O Keep drain holes at the bottom of thedoors open to avoid water accumulation.

O Check the underbody for accumulation ofsand, dirt or salt. If present, wash withwater as soon as possible.

CAUTION

O Never remove dirt, sand or otherdebris from the passenger com-partment by washing it out with ahose. Remove dirt with a vacuumcleaner or broom.

APPEARANCE AND CARE

7-6

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

O Never allow water or other liquidsto come in contact with electroniccomponents inside the vehicle asthis may damage them.

O See your INFINITI dealer for assis-tance.

Chemicals used for road surface de-icing areextremely corrosive. They accelerate corrosionand deterioration of underbody componentssuch as the exhaust system, fuel and brakelines, brake cables, floor pan and fenders.

In winter, the underbody must becleaned periodically.

For additional protection against rust andcorrosion, which may be required in someareas, consult your local INFINITI dealer.

APPEARANCE AND CARE

7-7

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

8 MAINTENANCE AND DO-IT-YOURSELF

General maintenance ................................... 8-2Explanation of general maintenanceitems....................................................... 8-3

Maintenance precautions............................. 8-5Engine compartment check locations ......... 8-8Engine cooling system ................................ 8-9

Checking engine coolant level................ 8-9Changing engine coolant...................... 8-10

Engine oil ................................................... 8-11Checking engine oil level...................... 8-11Changing engine oil.............................. 8-12Changing engine oil filter..................... 8-14

Automatic transmission fluid .................... 8-14Temperature conditions forchecking ............................................... 8-15

Power steering fluid .................................. 8-16Brake fluid.................................................. 8-16Window washer fluid................................. 8-17Battery ....................................................... 8-17Drive belts ................................................. 8-19Spark plugs ............................................... 8-19

Replacing spark plugs.......................... 8-19

Air cleaner.................................................. 8-20Windshield wiper blades............................ 8-20

Cleaning................................................ 8-20Replacing.............................................. 8-21

Parking brake and brake pedal.................. 8-22Checking parking brake........................ 8-22Checking brake pedal ........................... 8-22Brake booster ....................................... 8-23

Fuses.......................................................... 8-23Engine compartment ............................ 8-24Passenger compartment ...................... 8-25

Keyfob battery replacement ....................... 8-25Lights......................................................... 8-27

Headlights............................................. 8-28Exterior and interior lights ................... 8-30

Wheels and tires........................................ 8-36Tire pressure ........................................ 8-36Tire labeling.......................................... 8-38Types of tires ....................................... 8-40Tire chains............................................ 8-41Changing wheels and tires................... 8-41

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

Your new INFINITI has been designed to haveminimum maintenance requirements withlonger service intervals to save you both timeand money. However, some day-to-day andregular maintenance is essential to maintainyour INFINITI’s good mechanical condition, aswell as its emission and engine performance.

It is the owner’s responsibility to make surethat the specified maintenance, as well asgeneral maintenance, is performed.

As the vehicle owner, you are the only onewho can ensure that your vehicle receives theproper maintenance care. You are a vital linkin the maintenance chain.

Scheduled maintenance:

For your convenience, both required andoptional scheduled maintenance items aredescribed and listed in your “INFINITI Serviceand Maintenance Guide”. You must refer tothat guide to ensure that necessary mainte-

nance is performed on your INFINITI at regularintervals.

General maintenance:

General maintenance includes those itemswhich should be checked during normalday-to-day operation. They are essential forproper vehicle operation. It is your responsi-bility to perform these procedures regularly asprescribed.

Performing general maintenance checks re-quires minimal mechanical skill and only afew general automotive tools.

These checks or inspections can be done byyourself, a qualified technician or, if youprefer, your INFINITI dealer.

Where to go for service:

If maintenance service is required or yourvehicle appears to malfunction, have thesystems checked and tuned by an INFINITIdealer.

INFINITI technicians are well-trained special-ists and are kept up to date with the latestservice information through technical bulle-tins, service tips, and in-dealership trainingprograms. They are completely qualified towork on INFINITI’s vehicles before they workon your vehicle, rather than after they haveworked on it.

You can be confident that your INFINITIdealer’s service department performs the bestjob to meet the maintenance requirements onyour vehicle — in a reliable and economicway.

GENERAL MAINTENANCEDuring the normal day-to-day operation of thevehicle, general maintenance should be per-formed regularly as prescribed in this section.If you detect any unusual sounds, vibrationsor smell, be sure to check for the cause orhave your INFINITI dealer do it promptly. Inaddition, you should notify your INFINITI

MAINTENANCE AND DO-IT-YOURSELF

8-2

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

dealer if you think that repairs are required.

When performing any checks or maintenancework, closely observe the “Maintenance pre-cautions” later in this section.

EXPLANATION OF GENERALMAINTENANCE ITEMS

Additional information on the followingitems with “*” is found later in this sec-tion.

Outside the vehicle

The maintenance items listed here should beperformed from time to time, unless otherwisespecified.

Doors and engine hood: Check that alldoors and the engine hood operate smoothly,as well as the trunk lid or back hatch. Alsomake sure that all latches lock securely. Lubri-cate if necessary. Make sure that the secondarylatch keeps the hood from opening when theprimary latch is released.

When driving in areas using road salt or othercorrosive materials, check lubrication fre-quently.

Lights*: Clean the headlights on a regular ba-sis. Make sure that the headlights, stop lights,tail lights, turn signal lights, and other lightsare all operating properly and installed se-curely. Also check headlight aim.

Road wheel nuts (lug nuts)*: When check-ing the tires, make sure no nuts are missing,and check for any loose nuts. Tighten if nec-essary.

Tires*: Check the pressure with a gauge oftenand always prior to long distance trips. If nec-essary, adjust the pressure in all tires, includ-ing the spare, to the pressure specified. Checkcarefully for damage, cuts or excessive wear.

Tire rotation*: Tires should be rotated every7,500 miles (12,000 km).

Tire wheel alignment and balance: If thevehicle should pull to either side while driving

on a straight and level road, or if you detectuneven or abnormal tire wear, there may be aneed for wheel alignment.

If the steering wheel or seat vibrates at normalhighway speeds, wheel balancing may beneeded.

O For additional information regarding tires,refer to “Important Tire Safety Information”(US) or “Tire Safety Information” (Canada)in the INFINITI Warranty Information Book-let.

Windshield: Clean the windshield on a regu-lar basis. Check the windshield at least everysix months for cracks or other damage. Havea damaged windshield repaired by a qualifiedrepair facility.

Windshield wiper blades*: Check forcracks or wear if they do not wipe properly.

Inside the vehicleThe maintenance items listed here should be


8-3

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

checked on a regular basis, such as whenperforming periodic maintenance, cleaning thevehicle, etc.

Accelerator pedal: Check the pedal forsmooth operation and make sure the pedaldoes not catch or require uneven effort. Keepthe floor mats away from the pedal.

Automatic transaxle P (Park) positionmechanism: On a fairly steep hill check thatthe vehicle is held securely with the selectorlever in the P (Park) position without applyingany brakes.

Brake pedal*: Check the pedal for smoothoperation and make sure it has the proper dis-tance under it when depressed fully. Check thebrake booster function. Be sure to keep floormats away from the pedal.

Brakes: Check that the brakes do not pull thevehicle to one side when applied.

Parking brake*: Check that the lever has theproper travel and make sure that the vehicle is

held securely on a fairly steep hill when onlythe parking brake is applied.

Seats: Check seat position controls such asseat adjusters, seatback recliner, etc. to ensurethey operate smoothly and that all latches locksecurely in every position. Check that the headrestraints move up and down smoothly and thatthe locks (if so equipped) hold securely in alllatched positions.

Seat belts: Check that all parts of the seat beltsystem (For example, buckles, anchors, ad-justers and retractors) operate properly andsmoothly, and are installed securely. Check thebelt webbing for cuts, fraying, wear or damage.

Steering wheel: Check that it has the speci-fied play. Be sure to check for changes in thesteering conditions, such as excessive freeplay, hard steering or strange noises.

Warning lights and chimes: Make sure thatall warning lights and chimes are operatingproperly.

Windshield defroster: Check that the aircomes out of the defroster outlets properly andin good quantity when operating the heater orair conditioner.

Windshield wiper and washer*: Checkthat the wipers and washer operate properlyand that the wipers do not streak.

Under the hood and vehicleThe maintenance items listed here should bechecked periodically (For example, each timeyou check the engine oil or refuel).

Automatic transaxle fluid level*: Checkthe level on the dipstick after putting the se-lector lever in the P (Park) position with the en-gine idling.

Battery*: Check the fluid level in each cell. Itshould be between the MAX and MIN lines.


8-4

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

Vehicles operated in high temperatures orunder severe conditions require frequentchecks of the battery fluid level.

Brake fluid level*: Make sure that the brakefluid level is between the MAX and MIN lineson the reservoir.

Engine coolant level*: Check the coolantlevel when the engine is cold.

Engine drive belts*: Make sure that no beltis frayed, worn, cracked or oily.

Engine oil level*: Check the level on thedipstick after parking the vehicle on a level spotand turning off the engine.

Exhaust system: Make sure there are noloose supports, cracks or holes. If the soundof the exhaust seems unusual or there is asmell of exhaust fumes, immediately locate thecause and correct it. (See “Precautions whenstarting and driving” in the “5. Starting anddriving” section for exhaust gas (carbon mon-oxide).)

Fluid leaks: Check under the vehicle for fuel,oil, water or other fluid leaks after the vehiclehas been parked for a while. Water drippingfrom the air conditioner after use is normal. Ifyou should notice any leaks or if gasolinefumes are evident, check for the cause and haveit corrected immediately.

Power steering fluid level* and lines:Check the level in the reservoir tank with theengine off. Check the lines for proper attach-ment, leaks, cracks, etc.

Radiator and hoses: Check the front of theradiator and clean off any dirt, insects, leaves,etc., that may have accumulated. Make sure thehoses have no cracks, deformation, deteriora-tion or loose connections.

Underbody: The underbody is frequently ex-posed to corrosive substances such as thoseused on icy roads or to control dust. It is veryimportant to remove these substances, other-wise rust will form on the floor pan, frame, fuel

lines and around the exhaust system. At theend of winter, the underbody should be thor-oughly flushed with plain water, being carefulto clean those areas where mud and dirt mayaccumulate. For additional information, see“Cleaning exterior” in the “7. Appearance andcare” section.

Windshield washer fluid*: Check thatthere is adequate fluid in the tank.

MAINTENANCE PRECAU-TIONSWhen performing any inspection or mainte-nance work on your vehicle, always take careto prevent serious accidental injury to yourselfor damage to the vehicle. The following aregeneral precautions which should be closelyobserved.


8-5

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

WARNING

O Park the vehicle on a level sur-face, apply the parking brake se-curely and block the wheels to pre-vent the vehicle from moving. Fora manual transmission, move theshift lever to N (Neutral). For anautomatic transmission, move theselector lever to P (Park).

O Be sure the ignition key is in theOFF or LOCK position when per-forming any parts replacement orrepairs.

O Your vehicle is equipped with anautomatic engine cooling fan. Itmay come on at any time withoutwarning, even if the ignition keyis in the OFF position and the

engine is not running. To avoidinjury, always disconnect thenegative battery cable beforeworking near the fan.

O If you must work with the enginerunning, keep your hands, cloth-ing, hair and tools away frommoving fans, belts and any othermoving parts.

O It is advisable to secure or re-move any loose clothing and anyjewelry, such as rings, watches,etc. before working on your ve-hicle.

O Always wear eye protectionwhenever you work on your ve-hicle.

O If you must run the engine in anenclosed space such as a garage,

be sure there is proper ventilationfor exhaust gases to escape.

O Never get under the vehicle whileit is supported only by a jack. If itis necessary to work under thevehicle, support it with safetystands.

O Keep smoking materials, flameand sparks away from fuel andthe battery.

O On gasoline engine models withthe Multiport Fuel Injection (MFI)System, the fuel filter or fuel linesshould be serviced by an INFINITIdealer because the fuel lines areunder high pressure even whenthe engine is off.


8-6

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

CAUTION

O Do not work under the hood whilethe engine is hot. Turn off the en-gine and wait until it cools down.

O Never connect or disconnect ei-ther the battery or any transistor-ized component connector whilethe ignition key is on.

O Never leave the engine or theautomatic transmission relatedcomponent harness connectordisconnected while the ignitionkey is on.

O Avoid direct contact with usedengine oil and coolant. Improp-erly disposed engine oil, enginecoolant, and/or other vehicle flu-ids can hurt the environment. Al-

ways conform to local regulationsfor disposal of vehicle fluids.

This “8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself” sec-tion gives instructions regarding only thoseitems which are relatively easy for an owner toperform.

A genuine INFINITI Service Manual is alsoavailable. See “Owner’s Manual/ServiceManual order information” in the “9. Techni-cal and consumer information” section.

You should be aware that incomplete orimproper servicing may result in operatingdifficulties or excessive emissions, and couldaffect your warranty coverage. If in doubtabout any servicing, have it done byyour INFINITI dealer.


8-7

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

ENGINE COMPARTMENT CHECK LOCATIONS

SID0251


8-8

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

ENGINE COOLING SYSTEMThe engine cooling system is filled at thefactory with a high-quality, year-round, anti-freeze coolant solution. The anti-freeze solu-tion contains rust and corrosion inhibitors,therefore additional cooling system additivesare not necessary.

WARNING

O Never remove the radiator capwhen the engine is hot. Seriousburns could be caused by highpressure fluid escaping from theradiator. Wait until the engine andradiator cool down.

O The radiator is equipped with apressure cap. To prevent enginedamage, use only a genuineNISSAN radiator cap.

O See “If your vehicle overheats” inthe “6. In case of emergency”section.

CAUTION

When adding or replacing coolant, besure to use only a Genuine NISSANLong Life Anti-Freeze Coolant orequivalent with the proper mixtureratio of 50% anti-freeze and 50%demineralized water/distilled water.The use of other types of coolant so-lutions may damage your enginecooling system.

Outside temperaturedown to Anti-

freeze

Deminer-alizedwater/

distilledwater

°C °F

−35 −30 50% 50%

CHECKING ENGINE COOLANTLEVEL

Check the coolant level in the reservoir tankwhen the engine is cold. If the coolant level isbelow MIN, add coolant up to the MAX level.If the reservoir tank is empty, check thecoolant level in the radiator when the en-gine is cold. If there is insufficient coolant inthe radiator, fill the radiator with coolant up tothe filler opening and also add it to thereservoir tank up to the MAX level.

If the cooling system frequently requires

SID0179


8-9

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

coolant, have it checked by your INFINITIdealer.

CHANGING ENGINE COOL-ANT

O Major cooling system repairs should be

performed by your INFINITI dealer. Theservice procedures can be found in theappropriate INFINITI Service Manual.

O Improper servicing can result in reducedheater performance and engine overheat-ing.

WARNING

O To avoid being scalded, neverchange the coolant when the en-gine is hot.

O Never remove the radiator capwhen the engine is hot. Seriousburns could be caused by highpressure fluid escaping from theradiator.

O Avoid direct skin contact withused coolant. If skin contact ismade, wash thoroughly with soap

SID0019


8-10

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

or hand cleaner as soon as pos-sible.

O Keep coolant out of reach of chil-dren and pets.

O Anti-freeze is poisonous andshould be stored carefully inmarked containers out of thereach of children.

1. Perform the following procedure to openthe heater water cock.

O Turn the ignition key from OFF toON.

O Move the heater or air conditionertemperature control dial to the maxi-mum hot position then turn the igni-tion key to OFF .

2. Open radiator drain valve at the bottom ofradiator, and remove radiator filler cap.

O Be careful not to allow coolant to con-tact drive belts.

O Waste coolant must be disposed ofproperly. Check your local regula-tions.

3. Close the radiator drain valve securelyafter the coolant is drained.

4. Fill the radiator slowly with the propermixture of anti-freeze solution and dem-ineralized water/distilled water. Fill thereservoir tank up to the MAX level. Theninstall the radiator filler cap.

5. Start the engine and warm it up until itreaches normal operating temperature.Then race the engine 2 or 3 times under noload.Watch the engine coolant temperaturegauge for signs of overheating.

6. Stop the engine. After it completely coolsdown, refill the radiator up to the filleropening. Fill the reservoir tank up to the

MAX level. Check the drain valve for anysign of leakage.

7. Recheck the coolant level after the vehiclehas been driven for a day.

ENGINE OIL

CHECKING ENGINE OIL LEVEL

1. Park the vehicle on a level surface andapply parking brake.

2. Run the engine until it reaches operatingtemperature.

SID0021


8-11

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

3. Turn off the engine. Wait more than 10minutes for the oil to drain back intothe oil pan.

4. Remove the dipstick and wipe it clean.Reinsert it all the way.

5. Remove the dipstick again and check theoil level. It should be between the H and Lmarks. If the oil level is below the L mark,remove the oil filler cap and pour recom-mended oil through the opening. Do notoverfill.

6. Recheck oil level with dipstick.

It is normal to add some oil between oilmaintenance intervals or during thebreak-in period, depending on the se-verity of operating conditions.

CAUTION

Oil level should be checked regu-larly. Operating with insufficientamount of oil can damage the en-gine, and such damage is not cov-ered by warranty.

CHANGING ENGINE OIL

Change the engine oil and filter according tothe maintenance log shown in the Service andMaintenance Guide.

Vehicle set-up

1. Park the vehicle on a level surface andapply the parking brake.

2. Run the engine until it reaches operatingtemperature.

SID0124

SID0181


8-12

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

3. Turn the engine off and wait more than 10minutes.

4. Place a large drain pan under the drainplug.

5. Remove the oil filler cap.

6. Remove the drain plug with a wrench andcompletely drain the oil.

If oil filter is to be changed, remove andreplace it at this time. See later in “Engineoil” for changing engine oil filter.

CAUTION

Be careful not to burn yourself, as theengine oil is hot.

O Waste oil must be disposed of prop-erly.

O Check your local regulations.7. Clean and re-install the drain plug with a

new washer. Securely tighten the drainplug with a wrench.

Drain plug tightening torque:

22 to 29 ft-lb(29 to 39 Nzm)

Do not use excessive force.8. Refill engine with recommended oil and

install the cap securely.

See “Capacities and recommendedfuel/lubricants” in the “9. Technical andconsumer information” section for drainand refill capacity.

The drain and refill capacity depends onthe oil temperature and drain time. Usethese specifications for reference only.Always use the dipstick to determine theproper amount of oil in the engine.

9. Start the engine.

Check for leakage around the drain plug.Correct as required.

10.Turn the engine off and wait more than 10minutes. Check the oil level with thedipstick. Add engine oil if necessary.

11.Dispose waste oil properly.

WARNING

O Prolonged and repeated contactwith used engine oil may causeskin cancer.

O Try to avoid direct skin contactwith used oil. If skin contact ismade, wash thoroughly with soapor hand cleaner as soon as pos-sible.

O Keep used engine oil out of reachof children.


8-13

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

CHANGING ENGINE OIL FIL-TER

1. Park the vehicle on a level surface andapply the parking brake.

2. Turn the engine off.

3. Loosen the oil filter with an oil filterwrench. (Depending on the engine model,a special cap type wrench may be re-quired. See your INFINITI dealer if indoubt.) Remove the oil filter by turning itby hand.

CAUTION

Be careful not to burn yourself, as theengine oil may be hot.

4. Wipe the engine oil filter mounting surfacewith a clean rag.

Be sure to remove any old rubber gasketremaining on the mounting surface of theengine.

5. Coat the rubber gasket on the new filterwith clean engine oil.

6. Screw in the oil filter until a slight resis-tance is felt, then tighten additionally morethan 2/3 turn.

Oil filter tightening torque:

10.85 to 15.19 ft-lb(14.7 to 20.6 Nzm)

7. Start the engine and check for leakagearound the oil filter. Correct as required.

8. Turn the engine off and wait severalminutes. Check the oil level. Add engineoil if necessary.

AUTOMATIC TRANSMIS-SION FLUID

WARNING

O When engine is running, keephands, jewelry and clothing awayfrom any moving parts such ascooling fan and drive belt.

O Automatic transmission fluid ispoisonous and should be storedcarefully in marked containersout of the reach of children.

SID0182


8-14

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

TEMPERATURE CONDITIONSFOR CHECKING

O The fluid level should be checked usingthe HOT range on the dipstick after thefollowing conditions have been met:

a) the engine should be warmed up tooperating temperature.

b) the vehicle should be driven at least 5minutes.

c) the automatic transmission fluidshould be warmed to between 122and 176°F (50 and 80°C).

O The fluid can be checked at fluid tempera-tures of 86 to 122°F (30 to 50°C) usingthe COLD range on the dipstick after theengine is warmed up and before driving.However, the fluid should be re-checkedusing the HOT range.

1. Park the vehicle on a level surface and setthe parking brake.

2. Start the engine and then move the selec-tor lever through each gear range. Movethe selector lever to the P (Park) positionafter you have moved it through all ranges.

3. Check the fluid level with the engineidling.

4. Remove the dipstick and wipe it clean withlint-free paper.

5. Reinsert the dipstick into the charging pipeas far as it will go.

6. Remove the dipstick and note the reading.If the level is at the low side of eitherrange, add fluid to the charging pipe.

SID0252 SID0248


8-15

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

CAUTION

O Do not overfill.

O Use only Nissan Matic D (Conti-nental US and Alaska) or CanadaNISSAN automatic transmissionfluid. DexronTM III/MerconTM orequivalent may also be used.Outside the continental US andAlaska contact an INFINITI dealerfor more information regardingsuitable fluids, including recom-mended brand(s) of DexronTM

III/MerconTM automatic transmis-sion fluid.

If the vehicle has been driven for a longtime at high speeds, or in city traffic inhot weather, or if it is being used to pulla trailer, the accurate fluid level cannot

be read. You should wait until the fluidhas cooled down (about 30 minutes).

POWER STEERING FLUID

Check the fluid level in the reservoir tank.

The fluid level should be checked using theHOT range at fluid temperatures of 122 to176°F (50 to 80°C) or using the COLD rangeat fluid temperatures of 32 to 86°F (0 to30°C).

CAUTION

O Do not overfill.

O Use Genuine NISSAN PSF orequivalent.

BRAKE FLUID

Check the fluid level in the reservoir. If thefluid is below the MIN line or the brakewarning light comes on, add Genuine NISSAN

SID0220A

SID0183


8-16

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

Super Heavy Duty Brake Fluid or equivalentDOT 3 (U.S. FMVSS No. 116) fluid up to theMAX line. If fluid must be added frequently,the system should be thoroughly checked byyour INFINITI dealer.

WARNING

Use only new fluid. Old, inferior, orcontaminated fluid may damage thebrake systems. The use of improperfluids can damage the brake systemand affect the vehicle’s stopping abil-ity.

CAUTION

Do not spill the fluid on painted sur-faces. This will damage the paint. Iffluid is spilled, wash with water.

WINDOW WASHER FLUID

Add fluid when the low washer fluid warninglight comes on. Add a washer solvent to thewater for better cleaning. In the winter season,add a windshield washer anti-freeze. Followthe manufacturer’s instructions for the mixtureratio.

CAUTION

Do not substitute engine anti-freezecoolant for window washer solution.This may result in damage to thepaint.

BATTERYO Keep the battery surface clean and dry. Any

corrosion should be washed off with asolution of baking soda and water.

O Make certain the terminal connections areclean and securely tightened.

O If the vehicle is not to be used for 30 daysor longer, disconnect the (—) negativebattery terminal cable to prevent discharg-ing it.

SID0184A


8-17

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

WARNING

O Do not expose the battery toflames or electrical sparks. Hy-drogen gas generated by batteryaction is explosive. Do not allowbattery fluid to contact your skin,eyes, fabrics, or painted surfaces.After touching a battery or batterycap, do not touch or rub your eyes.Thoroughly wash your hands. Ifthe acid contacts your eyes, skinor clothing, immediately flushwith water for at least 15 minutesand seek medical attention.

O When working on or near a bat-tery, always wear suitable eyeprotection and remove alljewelry.

O Battery posts, terminals and re-lated accessories contain leadand lead compounds. Washhands after handling.

O Keep the battery out of the reachof children.

Check the fluid level in each cell. It should bebetween the MAX. and MIN. lines.

If it is necessary to add fluid, add onlydistilled water to bring the level to the

indicator in each filler opening. Do notoverfill.

1. Remove the cell plugs.

2. Add distilled water up to the MAX. level.

3. Tighten cell plugs.

Vehicles operated in high temperatures orunder severe conditions require frequentchecks of the battery fluid level.

If jump starting is necessary, see “Jumpstarting” in the “6. In case of emergency”section. If the engine does not start by jumpstarting, the battery may have to be replaced.Contact your INFINITI dealer.

IDI096


8-18

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

DRIVE BELTS

WARNING

Be sure the ignition key is in the OFFor LOCK position. The engine couldrotate unexpectedly.

1. Visually inspect each belt for signs ofunusual wear, cuts, fraying, oil adhesionor looseness. If the belt is in poor condi-

tion or loose, have it replaced or adjustedby your INFINITI dealer.

2. Have the belts checked regularly for con-dition and tension in accordance with themaintenance schedule in this manual.

SPARK PLUGS

WARNING

Be sure the engine and ignitionswitch are off and that the parkingbrake is engaged securely.

CAUTION

Be sure to use the correct socket toremove the spark plugs. An incorrectsocket can damage the spark plugs.

REPLACING SPARK PLUGS

Platinum-tipped spark plugs

It is not necessary to replace the platinum-tipped spark plugs as frequently as the con-ventional type spark plugs since they will lastmuch longer. Follow the maintenance sched-ule but, do not reuse them by cleaning orregapping.

If replacement is required, see your INFINITIdealer for servicing. Always replace with

SID0031

DI015M

Platinum-Tipped

Blue rings


8-19

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

recommended platinum-tipped sparkplugs.

AIR CLEANER

The filter element should not be cleaned andreused. Replace it according to the mainte-nance intervals. See the INFINITI Service andMaintenance Guide. When replacing the filter,wipe the inside of the air cleaner housing andthe cover with a damp cloth.

WARNING

O Operating the engine with the aircleaner removed can cause you orothers to be burned. The aircleaner not only cleans the air, itstops flame if the engine back-fires. If it is not there, and the en-gine backfires, you could beburned. Do not drive with the aircleaner removed, and be carefulworking on the engine with the aircleaner removed.

O Never pour fuel into the throttlebody or attempt to start the en-gine with the air cleaner re-moved. Doing so could result inserious injury.

WINDSHIELD WIPERBLADES

CAUTION

O After wiper blade replacement, re-turn the wiper arm to its originalposition.

O Otherwise it may be damagedwhen the engine hood is opened.

Make sure the wiper blade con-tacts the glass, otherwise the armmay be damaged from wind pres-sure.

O Worn windshield wiper bladescan damage the windshield andimpair driver vision.

CLEANING

If your windshield is not clear after using the

SID0186


8-20

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

windshield washer or if a wiper blade chatterswhen running, wax or other material may beon the blade or windshield.

Clean the outside of the windshield with awasher solution or a mild detergent. Yourwindshield is clean if beads do not form whenrinsing with clear water.

Clean the blade by wiping it with a clothsoaked in a washer solution or a mild deter-gent. Then rinse the blade with clear water. Ifyour windshield is still not clear after cleaningthe blades and using the wiper, replace theblades.

REPLACING

Replace the wiper blades if they are worn.

1. Pull the wiper arm.

2. Push the lock pin, then remove the wiperblade.

3. Insert the new wiper blade to the wiper armuntil a click sounds.

IDI021


8-21

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

If you wax the surface of the hood, becareful not to let wax get into the washernozzle. This may clog the nozzle andcould cause improper windshieldwasher operation. If wax gets into thenozzle, unclog it with a needle or smallpin.

PARKING BRAKE ANDBRAKE PEDALCHECKING PARKING BRAKE

From the released position, depress the park-ing brake pedal slowly and firmly. If thenumber of clicks is out of the range shownabove, see your INFINITI dealer.

CHECKING BRAKE PEDAL

With the engine running, check the distancebetween the upper surface of the pedal and themetal floor. If it is out of the range shownabove, see your INFINITI dealer.

Self-adjusting brakesYour vehicle is equipped with self-adjustingbrakes.

The disc-type brakes self-adjust every time thebrake pedal is applied.

SID0036IDI070MC

IDI053-C


8-22

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

WARNING

See your INFINITI dealer and have itchecked if the brake pedal heightdoes not return to normal.

Brake pad wear indicators

The disc brake pads on your vehicle haveaudible wear indicators. When a brake padrequires replacement, it will make a highpitched scraping or screeching sound whenthe vehicle is in motion whether or not thebrake pedal is depressed. Have the brakeschecked as soon as possible if the wearindicator sound is heard.

Under some driving or climate conditions,occasional brake squeak, squeal or othernoise may be heard. Occasional brake noiseduring light to moderate stops is normal and

does not affect the function or performance ofthe brake system.

Proper brake inspection intervalsshould be followed. For additional informa-tion, see the INFINITI Service and MaintenanceGuide for maintenance intervals.

BRAKE BOOSTER

Check the brake booster function as follows:

1. With the engine off, press and release thebrake pedal several times. When brakepedal movement (distance of travel) re-mains the same from one pedal applicationto the next, continue on to the next step.

2. While depressing the brake pedal, start theengine. The pedal height should drop alittle.

3. With the brake pedal depressed, stop theengine. Keeping the pedal depressed forabout 30 seconds, the pedal height shouldnot change.

4. Run the engine for 1 minute withoutdepressing the brake pedal, then turn it off.Depress the brake pedal several times. Thepedal travel distance will decrease gradu-ally with each depression as the vacuum isreleased from the booster.

If the brakes do not operate properly, see yourINFINITI dealer.

FUSES

CAUTION

Never use a fuse of higher or loweramperage rating than that specifiedon the fuse box cover. This coulddamage the electrical system orcause a fire.


8-23

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

ENGINE COMPARTMENT

If any electrical equipment does not operate,check for an open fuse.

1. Be sure the ignition key and headlightswitch are OFF .


3. Remove the fusible link cover.

4. Remove the fuse with the fuse puller.

5. If the fuse is open, replace it with a newfuse.

6. If a new fuse also opens, have the electri-cal system checked and repaired by yourINFINITI dealer.

Fusible links

If the electrical equipment does not operateand fuses are in good condition, check thefusible links. If any of these fusible links aremelted, replace only with genuine INFINITIparts.

SID0187

SID0188


8-24

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

PASSENGER COMPARTMENT

If any electrical equipment does not operate,check for an open fuse.

1. Be sure the ignition key and headlightswitch are OFF .

2. Open the fuse box lid.

3. Pinch the fuse perpendicularly with thefuse puller and pull it out.

4. If the fuse is open, replace it with a newfuse.

5. If a new fuse also opens, have the electri-cal system checked and repaired by yourINFINITI dealer.

KEYFOB BATTERY REPLACE-MENT

SID0189

SIP0311


8-25

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

Replace the battery as follows:

1. Open the lid using a suitable tool.

2. Replace the battery with a new one.Recommended battery: Sanyo CR2025 orequivalent

Make sure that the ! side faces the bot-tom case.

3. Close the lid securely.

4. Push the keyfob button two or three timesto check its operation.

See your INFINITI dealer if you need anyassistance for replacement.

If the battery is removed for any reasonother than replacement, perform step 4above.

O An improperly disposed battery canharm the environment. Always con-firm local regulations for battery dis-posal.

O The keyfob is waterproof; however, ifit does get wet, immediately wipecompletely dry.

O When changing batteries, do not letdust or oil get on the controller.

FCC Notice:

Changes or modifications not expresslyapproved by the manufacturer compli-ance could void the user’s authority tooperate the equipment.

This device complies with Part 15 of theFCC Rules and RSS-210 of IndustryCanada.

Operation is subject to the following twoconditions: (1) This device may notcause harmful interference, and (2) thisdevice must accept any interference re-ceived, including interference that maycause undesired operation of the de-vice.


8-26

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

SID0253A

LIGHTS


8-27

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

HEADLIGHTS

Replacing the xenon headlightbulb (Low beam)

WARNING

HIGH VOLTAGE

When xenon headlights are on, theyproduce a high voltage. To preventan electric shock, never attempt tomodify or disassemble. Always haveyour xenon headlights replaced at anINFINITI dealer. For additional infor-mation, see “Headlight and turn sig-nal switch” in the “2. Instrumentsand controls” section.

Replacing the halogen headlightbulb (High beam)The headlight is a semi-sealed beam typewhich uses replaceable headlight (halogen)

bulbs. They can be replaced from inside theengine compartment without removing theheadlight assembly.

CAUTION

O High pressure halogen gas is

sealed inside the bulb. The bulbmay break if the glass envelope isscratched or the bulb is dropped.

O Hold the plastic base when han-dling the bulb. Never touch theglass envelope.

SID0254


8-28

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

O Use the same number and watt-age as originally installed:

High beam bulb 60W - HB3Low beam (Xenon) See anINFINITI dealer to replace thexenon headlights.

O Do not leave the bulb out of theheadlight reflector for a long pe-riod of time as dust, moisture,and smoke may enter the head-light body and affect the per-formance of the headlight.


2. Disconnect the battery negative cable.

3. Turn the bulb connector counterclockwise,then remove it.

4. Remove the headlight bulb. Do not shakeor rotate the bulb when removing it.

5. Install the new bulb in the reverse order ofremoval.

Aiming is not necessary after the bulbhas been replaced. When aiming ad-justment is necessary, contact yourINFINITI dealer.


8-29

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

EXTERIOR AND INTERIORLIGHTS

Item Wattage(W)

Bulb No.

Turn signal 21 T20Front parking light 5 T10Side marker lights (Front, Rear) 3.8 T10Front fog lightCornering light

See an INFINITI dealer forassistance.

Rear combination lightTurn signal 21 T20Stop/Tail 21/5 T20Back-up 18 T16

License plate light 5 T10High-mounted stop light (1-lamptype)

21 T20

High-mounted stop light (5-lamptype)

5 T10

Interior light 10Front personal light 10Step light 2.7 161Trunk light 3.4 158Vanity mirror light 1.4

Replacement procedures

All other lights are either type A, B, C or D.

IDI044M


8-30

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

When replacing a bulb, first remove the lensand/or cover.

SID0255A


8-31

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

SID0196


8-32

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

SID0256


8-33

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

SID0257


8-34

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

SID0125

SID0136

SID0194

SID0199


8-35

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

WHEELS AND TIRESTIRE PRESSURETire inflation pressureCheck the tire pressures (including the spare)often and always prior to long distance trips.The recommended tire pressure specificationsare shown on the Tire and Loading Informa-tion label under the “Recommended Cold TireInflation Pressure” heading. The Tire andLoading Information label is affixed to thedriver side center pillar. Tire pressures shouldbe checked regularly because:

O Most tires naturally lose air over time.

O Tires can lose air suddenly when drivenover potholes or other objects or if thevehicle strikes a curb while parking.

The tire pressures should be check when thetires are cold. The tires are considered COLDafter the vehicle has been parked for 3 or morehours, or driven less than 1 mile (1.6 km) atmoderate speeds.

Incorrect tire pressure, including underinflation, may adversely affect tire lifeand vehicle handling.

WARNING

O Improperly inflated tires can failsuddenly and cause an accident.

O The vehicle weight capacity isindicated on the Tire and LoadingInformation label. Do not loadyour vehicle beyond this capac-ity. Overloading your vehicle mayresult in reduced tire life, unsafeoperating conditions due to pre-mature tire malfunctions, or unfa-vorable handling characteristicsand could also lead to a seriousaccident. Loading beyond thespecified capacity may also resultin a failure of other vehicle

components.

O Before taking a long trip, orwhenever you heavily load yourvehicle, use a tire pressure gaugeto ensure that the tire pressuresare at the specified level.

O Do not drive your vehicle over 85MPH (137 km/h) unless it isequipped with high-speed ratedtires. Driving faster than 85 MPH(137 km/h) may result in tire mal-function, loss of control and pos-sible injury.

O For additional information re-garding tires, refer to “ImportantTire Safety Information” (US) or“Tire Safety Information”(Canada) in the Warranty Infor-mation Booklet.


8-36

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

Tire and loading informationlabelj1 Seating capacity: The maximum number of

occupants that can be seated in the ve-hicle.

j2 Vehicle load limit: See loading informationin the Technical and consumer informationsection.

j3 Original tire size: The size of the tiresoriginally installed on the vehicle at thefactory.

j4 Recommended cold tire inflation pressure:Inflate the tires to this pressure when thetires are cold. Tires are considered COLDafter the vehicle has been parked for 3 ormore hours, or driven less than 1 mile (1.6km) at moderate speeds. The recom-mended cold tire inflation is set by themanufacturer to provide the best balanceof tire wear, vehicle handling, driveability,tire noise, etc., up to the vehicles GVWR.

j5 Tire size — refer to “Tire labeling” later inthis section.

j6 and j7 Spare tire size or compact sparetire size (if so equipped)

SID0264


8-37

Z 03.7.21/CA33-D X

Checking the tire pressure

1. Remove the valve stem cap from the tire.

2. Press the pressure gauge squarely ontothe valve stem. Do not press too hard orforce the valve stem sideways, or air willescape. If the hissing sound of air escap-ing from the tire is heard while checkingthe pressure, reposition the gauge toeliminate this leakage.

3. Remove the gauge.

4. Read the tire pressure on the gauge stemand compare it to the specification shownon the Tire and Loading Information label.

5. Add air to the tire as needed. If too muchair is added, press the core of the valvestem briefly with the tip of the gauge stemto release pressure. Recheck the pressureand add or release air as needed.

6. Install the valve stem cap.

7. Check the pressure of all other tires,

including the spare. (Refer to the “Wheelsand tires” section)

TIRE LABELINGFederal law requires tire manufacturers toplace standardized information on the sidewallof all tires. This information identifies anddescribes the fundamental characteristics ofthe tire and also provides the tire identificationnumber (TIN) for safety standard certification.The TIN can be used to identify the tire in caseof a recall in case of recall.

j1 Tire size (example: P215/60R16 94H)P: The “P” indicates the tire is designed forpassenger vehicles.Three-digit number (215): This numbergives the width in millimeters of the tirefrom sidewall edge to sidewall edge.(Not all tires have this information.)Two-digit number (60): This number,known as the aspect ratio, gives the tire’sratio of height to width.R: The “R” stands for radial.Two-digit number (16): This number is thewheel or rim diameter in inches.Two- or three-digit number (94): Thisnumber is the tire’s load index. It is ameasurement of how much weight eachtire can support. You may not find thisinformation on all tires because it is notrequired by law.

H: Speed Rating. The speed rating denotesthe speed at which a tire is designed to bedriven for extended periods of time. The

SID0265


8-38

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

ratings range from 98 miles per hour(MPH) to 186 MPH. (You may not find thisinformation on all tires because it is notrequired by law.)

j2 TIN (Tire Identification Number) for newtire (example: DOT XX XX XXX XXXX)DOT: Abbreviation for the “Department of

Transportation”. The symbol can beplaced above, below or to the left orright of the Tire Identification Num-ber.

1st two-digit code: Manufacturer’s identi-fication mark2nd two-digit code: Tire size3rd three-digit code: Tire type code (Op-tional)4th four-digit code: Date of ManufactureFour numbers represent the week and yearthe tire was built. For example, the num-bers 3103 means the 31st week of 2003.

j3 Tire ply composition and materialThe number of layers or plies of rubber-coated fabric in the tire.Tire manufacturers also must indicate thematerials in the tire, which include steel,nylon, polyester, and others.

j4 Maximum permissible inflation pressureThis number is the greatest amount of airpressure that should be put in the tire. Donot exceed the maximum permissible in-flation pressure.

j5 Maximum load ratingThis number indicates the maximum loadin kilograms and pounds that can becarried by the tire. When replacing the tireson the vehicle, always use a tire that hasthe same load rating as the factory in-stalled tire.

j6 Term of “tubeless” or “tube type”Indicates that the tire requires an innertube (“tube type”) or not (“tubeless”).

j7 The word “radial”The word “radial” is shown, if the tire hasradial structure.

j8 Manufacturer or Brand nameManufacturer or Brand name is shown.

Other tire-related terminologyIn addition to the many terms that are definedthroughout this section, Intended OutboardSidewall is (1) the sidewall that contains awhitewall, bears while lettering or bearsmanufacturer, brand and/or model namemolding that is higher or deeper than thesame molding on the other sidewall of the tire,or (2) the outward racing sidewall of anasymmetrical tire that has a particular side thatmust always face outward when mounted on avehicle.


8-39

Z 03.7.21/CA33-D X

TYPES OF TIRES

WARNING

O When changing or replacing tires,be sure all four tires are of thesame type (i.e., summer, all sea-son or snow) and construction. AnINFINITI dealer may be able tohelp you with information abouttire type, size, speed rating andavailability.

O Replacement tires may have alower speed rating than the fac-tory equipped tires, and may notmatch the potential maximum ve-hicle speed. Never exceed themaximum speed rating of the tire.

O For additional information re-garding tires, refer to “Important

Tire Safety Information” (US) or“Tire Safety Information”(Canada) in the Warranty Infor-mation Booklet.

All season tiresINFINITI specifies all season tires on somemodels to provide good performance all year,including snowy and icy road conditions. Allseason tires are identified by ALL SEASONand/or M&S (Mud & Snow) on the tiresidewall. Snow tires have better snow tractionthan all season tires and may be moreappropriate in some areas.

Summer tiresINFINITI specifies summer tires on somemodels to provide superior performance ondry roads. Summer tire performance is sub-stantially reduced in snow and ice. Summertires do not have the tire traction rating M&Son the tire sidewall.

If you plan to operate your vehicle in snowy oricy conditions, INFINITI recommends the useof snow or all season tires on all four wheels.

Snow tires

If snow tires are needed, it is necessary toselect tires equivalent in size and load ratingto the original equipment tires. If you do not,it can adversely affect the safety and handlingof your vehicle.

Generally, snow tires have lower speed ratingsthan factory equipped tires and may not matchthe potential maximum vehicle speed. Neverexceed the maximum speed rating of the tire.

If you install snow tires, they must be thesame size, brand, construction and treadpattern on all four wheels. For additionaltraction on icy roads, studded tires may beused. However, some U.S. states and Cana-dian provinces prohibit their use. Check local,state and provincial laws before installingstudded tires. Skid and traction capabilities of


8-40

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

studded snow tires on wet or dry surfaces maybe poorer than that of non-studded snow tires.

TIRE CHAINSUse of tire chains may be prohibited accord-ing to location. Check the local laws beforeinstalling tire chains. When installing tirechains, make sure they are of proper size forthe tires on your vehicle and are installedaccording to the chain manufacturer’s instruc-tions. Use only SAE class S chains. Class“S” chains are used on vehicles with restrictedtire to vehicle clearance. Vehicles that can useClass “S” chains are designed to meet theSAE standard minimum clearances betweenthe tire and the closest vehicle suspension orbody component required to accommodate theuse of a winter traction device (tire chains orcables). The minimum clearances are deter-mined using the factory equipped tire size.Other types may damage your vehicle. Usechain tensioners when recommended by thetire chain manufacturer to ensure a tight fit.Loose end links of the tire chain must besecured or removed to prevent the possibility

of whipping action damage to the fenders orundercarriage. If possible, avoid fully loadingyour vehicle when using tire chains. In addi-tion, drive at a reduced speed. Otherwise, yourvehicle may be damaged and/or vehicle han-dling and performance may be adverselyaffected.

Tire chains must be installed only on the frontwheels and not on the rear wheels.

Never install tire chains on a T-typespare tire (TEMPORARY USE ONLY). Donot use the chains on dry roads.

Driving with chains in such conditions cancause damage to the various mechanisms ofthe vehicle due to some overstress.

CHANGING WHEELS ANDTIRES

Tire rotation

INFINITI recommends rotating the tires every7,500 miles (12,000 km). See “Flat tire” in the“6. In case of emergency” section for tirereplacing procedures.

As soon as possible, tighten the wheel nuts tothe specified torque with a torque wrench.

Wheel nut tightening torque:80 ft-lb (108 Nzm)

IDI069M


8-41

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

The wheel nuts must be kept tightened tospecification at all times. It is recommendedthat wheel nuts be tightened to specification ateach tire rotation interval.

WARNING

O After rotating the tires, adjust thetire pressure.

O Retighten the wheel nuts whenthe vehicle has been driven for600 miles (1,000 km) (also incases of a flat tire, etc.).

O Do not include the spare tire inthe tire rotation.

O For additional information re-garding tires, refer to “ImportantTire Safety Information” (US) or“Tire Safety Information”(Canada) in the Warranty Infor-

mation Booklet.

Tire wear and damage

WARNING

O Tires should be periodically in-spected for wear, cracking, bulg-ing, or objects caught in the tread.If excessive wear, cracks, bulg-

ing, or deep cuts are found, thetire should be replaced.

O The original tires have a built-intread wear indicator. When thewear indicator is visible, the tireshould be replaced.

O Improper service of a spare tiremay result in serious personalinjury. If it is necessary to repairthe spare tire, contact yourINFINITI dealer.


IDI004


8-42

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

Replacing wheels and tires

When replacing a tire, use the same size, treaddesign, speed rating and load carrying capac-ity as originally equipped. Recommendedtypes and sizes are shown in “Wheels/tiresize” in the “9. Technical and consumerinformation” section of this manual.

WARNING

O The use of tires other than thoserecommended or the mixed use oftires of different brands, construc-tion (bias, bias-belted or radial),or tread patterns can adversely af-fect the ride, braking, handling,ground clearance, body-to-tireclearance, tire chain clearance,speedometer calibration, head-light aim and bumper height.Some of these effects may lead to

accidents and could result in se-rious personal injury.

O If the wheels are changed for anyreason, always replace withwheels which have the same off-set dimension. Wheels of a dif-ferent offset could cause earlytire wear, possibly degraded ve-hicle handling characteristicsand/or interference with the brakediscs/drums. Such interferencecan lead to decreased brakingefficiency and/or early brake padshoe wear. Refer to “Wheel/tiresize” in the “9. Technical andconsumer information” section ofthis manual for wheel offset di-mensions.

O Do not install a deformed wheelor tire even if it has been re-

paired. Such wheels or tirescould have structural damage andcould malfunction without warn-ing.

O The use of retread tires is notrecommended.


Wheel balance

Unbalanced wheels may affect vehicle han-dling and tire life. Even with regular use,wheels can get out of balance. Therefore, theyshould be balanced as required.

Wheel balance service should be performedwith the wheels off the vehicle. Spin balancing


8-43

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

the wheels on the vehicle could lead tomechanical damage.

For additional information regarding tires,refer to “Important Tire Safety Information”(US) or “Tire Safety Information” (Canada) inthe INFINITI Warranty Information Booklet.

Care of wheelsO Wash the wheels when washing the vehicle

to maintain their appearance.

O Clean the inner side of the wheels whenthe wheel is changed or the underside ofthe vehicle is washed.

O Do not use abrasive cleaners when wash-ing the wheels.

O Inspect wheel rims regularly for dents orcorrosion. Such damage may cause loss ofpressure or poor seal at the tire bead.

O INFINITI recommends waxing the roadwheel sidewalls to protect against road saltin areas where it is used during winter.

Spare tire (TEMPORARY USEONLY spare tire (T-type))

Observe the following precautions if theT-type spare tire must be used. Otherwise,your vehicle could be damaged or involved inan accident.

CAUTION

O The T-type spare tire should beused for an emergency use only. Itshould be replaced with a stan-dard tire at the first opportunity toavoid possible tire or differentialdamage.

O Drive carefully while the T-typespare tire is installed.

Avoid sharp turns and abruptbraking while driving.

O Periodically check the T-typespare tire inflation pressure. Al-ways keep the pressure of theTEMPORARY USE ONLY sparetire at 60 psi (420 kPa, 4.2 bar).

O With the T-type spare tire in-stalled, do not drive your vehicleat speeds faster than 50 MPH (80km/h).

O When driving on roads coveredwith snow or ice, the T-type sparetire should be used on the rearwheel and the original tire usedon the front wheels (drivewheels). Use tire chains only onthe front two original tires. (Se-dan)

O Tire tread of the T-type spare tirewill wear at a faster rate than theoriginal tire. Replace the T-type


8-44

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

spare tire as soon as the treadwear indicators appear.

O Do not use the T-type spare tireon other vehicles.

O Do not use more than one T-typespare tire at the same time.

O Do not tow a trailer while theT-type spare tire is installed.

CAUTION

O Do not use tire chains on a T-typespare tire. Tire chains will not fitproperly on the T-type spare tireand may cause damage to the ve-hicle.

O Because the T-type spare tire issmaller than the original tire,ground clearance is reduced. To

avoid damage to the vehicle donot drive over obstacles. Also donot drive the vehicle through anautomatic car wash since it mayget caught.


8-45

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

9 TECHNICAL AND CONSUMER INFORMATION

Capacities and recommendedfuel/lubricants .............................................. 9-2

Fuel recommendation............................. 9-3Engine oil and oil filterrecommendation .................................... 9-5Recommended SAE viscositynumber ................................................... 9-7Air conditioning system refrigerant andlubricant recommendations.................... 9-7

Specifications .............................................. 9-8Engine..................................................... 9-8Wheels and tires .................................... 9-9Dimensions and weights ........................ 9-9

When traveling or registering yourvehicle in another country......................... 9-10Vehicle identification.................................. 9-10

Vehicle identification number (VIN)plate...................................................... 9-10

Vehicle identification number (Chassisnumber)................................................ 9-11Engine serial number ........................... 9-11F .M.V.S.S. certification label ............... 9-11Emission control information label ...... 9-12Tire and loading information label ....... 9-12Air conditioner specification label........ 9-12

Installing front license plate...................... 9-13Vehicle loading information....................... 9-14

Terms ................................................... 9-14Vehicle load capacity............................ 9-16Loading tips.......................................... 9-17

Towing a trailer.......................................... 9-17Maximum load limits............................ 9-18Towing load/specification..................... 9-19Towing safety ....................................... 9-19Flat towing............................................ 9-21

Uniform tire quality grading ...................... 9-22Emission control system warranty ............ 9-23

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

Reporting safety defects (US only) ........... 9-24Readiness for inspection/maintenance (I/M)test (US only) ............................................ 9-24

Owner’s Manual/Service Manual orderinformation ................................................ 9-25

In the event of a collision .................... 9-26

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

CAPACITIES AND RECOMMENDED FUEL/LUBRICANTSThe following are approximate capacities. The actual refill capacities may be a little different. When refilling, follow the procedure in-structed in the “8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section to determine the proper refill capacity.

Capacity (Approximate)RecommendedspecificationsUS

measureImp

measure Liter

Fuel 18-1/2 gal 15-3/8 gal 70 Unleaded gasoline with an octane rating of at least 87 AKI (RON 91)*1

Engine oil*6Drain and refill

With oil filter change 4-1/4 qt 3-1/2 qt 4.0 O API Certification Mark*2, *3O API grade SG/SH, Energy Conserving I & II or API grade SJ, or SL Energy Conserving*2,

*3O ILSAC grade GF-I, GF-II & GF-III*2, *3Without oil filter change 3-7/8 qt 3-1/4 qt 3.7

Cooling systemWith reservoir 8-1/8 qt 6-3/4 qt 7.7

Genuine NISSAN Long Life Anti-freeze coolant or equivalentReservoir 7/8 qt 3/4 qt 0.8

Automatic transmission fluidRefill to the proper oil level according to the instruc-tions in the “8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself” sec-tion.

Genuine Nissan Matic D ATF (Continental US and Alaska) or Canada NISSAN AutomaticTransmission Fluid.*4

Power steering fluid (PSF) Genuine Nissan PSF or equivalent*8

Brake fluid Genuine Nissan Super Heavy Duty Brake Fluid*5 or equivalentDOT 3 (US FMVSS No. 116)

Multi-purpose grease — — — NLGI No. 2 (Lithium soap base)

Air conditioning system refrigerant — — — HFC-134a (R-134a)*7

Air conditioning system lubricants — — — INFINITI A/C System OilType S or exact equivalent

*1: For additional information, see later in this paragraph for fuel recommendation.*2: For additional information, see later in this paragraph for engine oil and oil filter recommendation.*3: For additional information, see later in this paragraph for recommended SAE viscosity number.*4: Dexron™ III/Mercon™ or equivalent may also be used. Outside the continental United States and Alaska contact an INFINITI dealer for more information regarding suitable fluids, including recom-

mended brand(s) of Dexron™ III/Mercon™ automatic transmission fluid.*5: Available in mainland US through your INFINITI dealer.*6: For additional information, see “Engine oil” in the “8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section for changing engine oil.*7: For additional information, see “Vehicle identification” in the “9. Technical and consumer information” for air conditioner specification label.*8: For Canada, NISSAN Automatic Transmission Fluid, Dexron™ III/Mercon™ or equivalent ATF may also be used.

TECHNICAL AND CONSUMER INFORMATION

9-2

Z 03.7.21/CA33-D X

FUEL RECOMMENDATION

Use unleaded regular gasoline with anoctane rating of at least 87 AKI (Anti-Knock Index) number (Research octanenumber 91)

For improved vehicle performance,INFINITI recommends the use of un-leaded premium gasoline with an oc-tane rating of at least 91 AKI (Researchoctane number 96).

CAUTION

Using a fuel other than that specifiedcould adversely affect the emissioncontrol devices and systems, andcould also affect the warrantycoverage.

Under no circumstances should aleaded gasoline be used, since thiswill damage the three way catalyst.

Reformulated gasoline

Some fuel suppliers are now producing refor-mulated gasolines. These gasolines are spe-cially designed to reduce vehicle emissions.INFINITI supports efforts towards cleaner airand suggests that you use reformulated gaso-line when available.

Gasoline containing oxygenates

Some fuel suppliers sell gasoline containingoxygenates such as ethanol, MTBE andmethanol with or without advertising theirpresence. INFINITI does not recommend theuse of fuels of which oxygenate content andthe fuel compatibility for your INFINITI cannotbe readily determined. If in doubt, ask yourservice station manager.

If you use oxygenate-blend gasoline, pleasetake the following precautions as the usage ofsuch fuels may cause vehicle performanceproblems and/or fuel system damage.

O The fuel should be unleaded and havean octane rating no lower than that rec-ommended for unleaded gasoline.

O If an oxygenate-blend, excepting amethanol blend, is used, it shouldcontain no more than 10% oxygen-ate. (MTBE may, however, be addedup to 15%.)

O If a methanol blend is used, it shouldcontain no more than 5% methanol(methyl alcohol, wood alcohol). Itshould also contain a suitableamount of appropriate cosolventsand corrosion inhibitors. If not prop-erly formulated with appropriatecosolvents and corrosion inhibitors,such methanol blends may cause fuel


9-3

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

system damage and/or vehicle per-formance problems. At this time, suf-ficient data is not available to ensurethat all methanol blends are suitablefor use in INFINITI vehicles.

If any undesirable driveability problems suchas engine stalling and hard hot starting areexperienced after using oxygenate-blend fuels,immediately change to a non-oxygenate fuelor a fuel with a low blend of MTBE.

Take care not to spill gasoline during re-fueling. Gasoline containing oxygen-ates can cause paint damage.

Aftermarket fuel additivesINFINITI does not recommend the use of anyaftermarket fuel additives (i.e. fuel injectorcleaner, octane booster, intake valve depositremovers, etc.) which are sold commercially.Many of these additives intended for gum,varnish or deposit removal may contain activesolvent or similar ingredients that can be

harmful to the fuel system and engine.

Octane rating tips

In most parts of North America, you shoulduse unleaded gasoline with an octane rating ofat least 87 or 91 AKI (Anti-Knock Index)number. However, you may use unleadedgasoline with an octane rating as low as 85AKI number in these high altitude areas [over4,000 ft (1,219 m)] such as: Colorado, Mon-tana, New Mexico, Utah, Wyoming, northeast-ern Nevada, southern Idaho, western SouthDakota, western Nebraska, and that part ofTexas which is directly south of New Mexico.

Using unleaded gasoline with an octanerating lower than stated above cancause persistent, heavy spark knock.(Spark knock is a metallic rappingnoise.) If severe, this can lead to enginedamage. If you detect a persistent heavyspark knock even when using gasolineof the stated octane rating, or if you hear

steady spark knock while holding asteady speed on level roads, have yourdealer correct the condition. Failure tocorrect the condition is misuse of the ve-hicle, for which INFINITI is not respon-sible.

Incorrect ignition timing will result in knock-ing, after-run or overheating. This in turn maycause excessive fuel consumption or damageto the engine. If any of the above symptomsare encountered, have your vehicle checked atan INFINITI dealer or other competent servicefacility.

However, now and then you may noticelight spark knock for a short time whileaccelerating or driving up hills. This isno cause for concern, because you getthe greatest fuel benefit when there islight spark knock for a short time underheavy engine load.


9-4

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

ENGINE OIL AND OIL FILTERRECOMMENDATION

Selecting the correct oil

It is essential to choose the correct quality,and viscosity oil to ensure satisfactory enginelife and performance. INFINITI recommendsthe use of a low friction oil (energy conserving

oil) in order to improve fuel economy andconserve energy. Oils which do not have thespecified quality label should not be used asthey could cause engine damage.

Only those engine oils with the AmericanPetroleum Institute (API) certification mark onthe front of the container should be used. This

type of oil supersedes the existing API SG orSH and Energy Conserving II categories.

If you cannot find engine oil with the APIcertification mark, use an API grade SG/SH,Energy Conserving I & II or API grade SJ orSL Energy Conserving oil. An oil with a singledesignation SG or SH, or in combination withother categories (For example, SG/CC orSG/CD) may also be used if one with the APIcertification mark cannot be found. An ILSACgrade GF-I, II & III oil can also be used.

INFINITI recommends mineral based oils.These oils must however, meet the API qualityand SAE viscosity ratings specified for yourvehicle.

Oil additivesINFINITI does not recommend the use of oiladditives. The use of an oil additive is notnecessary when the proper oil type is usedand maintenance intervals are followed.

Oil which may contain foreign matter or has

SIT0122


9-5

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

been previously used should not be used.

Oil viscosityThe engine oil viscosity or thickness changeswith temperature. Because of this, it is impor-tant that the engine oil viscosity be selectedbased on the temperatures at which thevehicle will be operated before the next oilchange. The recommended SAE viscositynumber chart shows the recommended oilviscosities for the expected ambient tempera-tures. Choosing an oil viscosity other thanthat recommended could cause serious enginedamage.

Selecting the correct oil filterYour new vehicle is equipped with a high-quality genuine INFINITI oil filter. When re-placing, use the genuine oil filter or itsequivalent for the reason described in changeintervals.

Change intervalsThe oil and oil filter change intervals for yourengine are based on the use of the specifiedquality oils and filters. Oil and filter other thanthe specified quality, or oil and filter changeintervals longer than recommended couldreduce engine life. Damage to engines causedby improper maintenance or use of incorrectoil and filter quality and/or viscosity is notcovered by the new INFINITI vehicle warran-ties.

Your engine was filled with a high qualityengine oil when it was built. You do not haveto change the oil before the first recommendedchange interval. Oil and filter change intervalsdepend upon how you use your vehicle.Operation under the following conditions mayrequire more frequent oil and filter changes.

O repeated short distance driving at coldoutside temperatures,

O driving in dusty conditions,

O extensive idling,

O towing a trailer,

O stop and go “rush hour” traffic,

O aggressive driving.


9-6

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

RECOMMENDED SAE VISCOS-ITY NUMBER

SAE 5W-30 viscosity oil is preferred forall ambient temperatures. SAE 10W-30,10W-40 viscosity oil may be used if theambient temperature is above 0°F(−18°C).

AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEMREFRIGERANT AND LUBRI-CANT RECOMMENDATIONSThe air conditioning system in thisINFINITI vehicle must be charged withthe refrigerant HFC-134a (R-134a) andthe lubricant, INFINITI A/C System OilType S or the exact equivalents.

CAUTION

The use of any other refrigerant or lu-bricant will cause severe damage tothe air conditioning system and willrequire the replacement of all airconditioner system components.

The refrigerant HFC-134a (R-134a) in yourINFINITI vehicle will not harm the earth’sozone layer. Although this refrigerant does notaffect the earth’s atmosphere, certain govern-mental regulations require the recovery andrecycling of any refrigerant during automotiveair conditioning system service. Your INFINITIdealer has the trained technicians and equip-ment needed to recover and recycle your airconditioning system refrigerant.

Contact your INFINITI dealer whenever servic-ing your air conditioning system.

SIT0002


9-7

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

SPECIFICATIONSENGINE

Model VQ35DE

Type Gasoline, 4-cycle

Cylinder arrangement 6-cylinder, V-slanted at 60°

Bore x Stroke in (mm) 3.760 x 3.205 (955 x 81.4)

Displacement cu in (cm3) 213.45 (3,498)

Firing order 1-2-3-4-5-6*

Idle speed rpmSee the emission control label onthe underside of the hood.

Ignition timing (B.T.D.C.) degree/rpm

CO percentage at idle speed [No air] %

Spark plugStandard PLFR5A-11

Service option PLFR4A-11, PLFR6A-11

Spark plug gap in (mm) 0.043 (1.1)

Camshaft operation Timing chain

The spark ignition system of this vehiclemeets all requirements of the CanadianInterference-Causing Equipment Regu-lations.

SIT0005


9-8

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

WHEELS AND TIRES

Road wheel

Type Position Size Offset in (mm)

Aluminum —17 x 7JJ17 x 7JJ*

1.57 (40)1.77 (45)

*: t-pack

Tire

Type Position Size Pressure (Cold)

Conventional —P215/55R17 93H 32 psi (220 kPa)

P225/50R17 93V 32 psi (220 kPa)

Spare —T135/90D16 60 psi (420 kPa)

Conventional* —

*: if equipped

DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS

Sedan

Overall length in (mm) 193.7 (4,921)

Overall width in (mm) 70.2 (1,782)

Overall height in (mm)57.0 (1,449)*156.7 (1,440)*2

Front tread in (mm)60.2 (1,530)*159.8 (1,520)*2

Rear tread in (mm)59.4 (1,510)*159.1 (1,500)*2

Wheelbase in (mm) 108.3 (2,750)

Gross vehicle weight rating lb (kg)

See the F.M.V.S.S. certi-fication label on the driv-er’s side lock pillar.

Gross axle weight rating

Front lb (kg)

Rear lb (kg)

*1: For models with tire size - P215/55R17 93H*2: For models with tire size - P225/50R17 93V


9-9

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

WHEN TRAVELING OR REG-ISTERING YOUR VEHICLE INANOTHER COUNTRYWhen planning to travel in anothercountry, you should first find out if the fuelavailable is suitable for your vehicle’s engine.

Using fuel with too low an octane rating maycause engine damage. All gasoline vehiclesmust be operated with unleaded engine gaso-line. Therefore, avoid taking your vehicle toareas where appropriate fuel is not available.

When transferring the registration ofyour vehicle to another country, state,province or district, it may be necessary tomodify the vehicle to meet local laws and regu-lations.

The laws and regulations for motor vehicleemission control and safety standards varyaccording to the country, state, province ordistrict; therefore, vehicle specifications maydiffer.

When any vehicle is to be taken into an-other country, state, province or districtand registered, its modifications, trans-portation, and registration are the re-sponsibility of the user. INFINITI is notresponsible for any inconvenience thatmay result.

VEHICLE IDENTIFICATIONVEHICLE IDENTIFICATIONNUMBER (VIN) PLATE

The vehicle identification number plate isattached as shown. This number is the iden-tification for your vehicle and is used in thevehicle registration.

SIT0006


9-10

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

VEHICLE IDENTIFICATIONNUMBER (Chassis number)

The number is stamped as shown.

ENGINE SERIAL NUMBER

The number is stamped on the engine asshown.

F.M.V.S.S. CERTIFICATION LA-BEL

The Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards(F .M.V.S.S.) certification label is affixed asshown. This label contains valuable vehicleinformation, such as: Gross Vehicle WeightRatings (GVWR), Gross Axle Weight Rating(GAWR), month and year of manufacture,Vehicle Identification Number, (VIN), etc. Re-view it carefully.

SIT0007

SIT0008

SIT0094


9-11

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

EMISSION CONTROL INFOR-MATION LABEL

The emission control information label isattached as shown.

TIRE AND LOADING INFOR-MATION LABEL

The cold tire inflation pressure is shown onthe Tire and Loading Information label. Thetire placard is located on the driver side centerpillar.

AIR CONDITIONER SPECIFICA-TION LABEL

The label is affixed inside of the hood asshown.

SIT0010 SIT0121 SIT0012


9-12

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

INSTALLING FRONTLICENSE PLATE

SIT0096


9-13

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

Use the following steps to mount the licenseplate:

Before mounting the license plate, confirmthat the following parts are enclosed in thevinyl bag.

O License plate bracket

O J-nut x 2

O Screw x 2

O Screw grommet x 2

1. Temporarily place the license plate bracketwhile aligning points jA of the frontbumper fascia with holes jB in the licenseplate bracket.

2. Remove the license plate bracket.

3. Carefully drill two pilot holes jA using a0.39 in (10 mm) drill bit at the markedlocations. (Be sure that the drill onlygoes through the fascia, or damageto the nut may occur.)

4. Insert grommets into the hole on thefascia.

5. Insert a flat-blade screwdriver into thegrommet hole to add 90° turn onto the partjC .

6. Insert a J-nut into the license plate bracketbefore placing the license plate bracket onthe fascia.

7. Install the license plate bracket withscrews.

8. Install the license plate with bolts that areno longer than 0.55 in (14 mm).

VEHICLE LOADING INFOR-MATION

WARNING

O It is extremely dangerous to ride ina cargo area inside of a vehicle. In

a collision, people riding in theseareas are more likely to be seri-ously injured or killed

O Do not allow people to ride in anyarea of your vehicle that is notequipped with seats and seatbelts.

O Be sure everyone in your vehicleis in a seat and using a seat beltproperly.

TERMS

It is important to familiarize yourself with thefollowing terms before loading your vehicle:

O Curb Weight (actual weight of your ve-hicle) - vehicle weight including: standardand optional equipment, fluids, emergencytools, and spare tire assembly. This weightdoes not include passengers andcargo.


9-14

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

O GVW (Gross Vehicle Weight) - curb weightplus the combined weight of passengersand cargo.

O GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight Rating) -maximum total combined weight of theunloaded vehicle, passengers, luggage,hitch, trailer tongue load and any otheroptional equipment. This information islocated on the F .M.V.S.S. label.

O GAWR (Gross Axle Weight Rating) - maxi-mum weight (load) limit specified for thefront or rear axle. This information islocated on the F .M.V.S.S. label.

O GCWR (Gross Combined Weight Rating) -The maximum total weight rating of thevehicle, passengers, cargo, and trailer.

O Vehicle Capacity Weight, Load limit, Totalload capacity - maximum total weight limitspecified of the load (passengers andcargo) for the vehicle. This is the maxi-mum combined weight of occupants and

cargo that can be loaded into the vehicle.If the vehicle is used to tow a trailer, thetrailer tongue weight must be included aspart of the cargo load. This information islocated on the Tire and Loading Informa-tion label.

O Cargo capacity - permissible weight ofcargo, the subtracted weight of occupantsfrom the load limit.


9-15

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

VEHICLE LOAD CAPACITY

Do not exceed the load limit of your vehicleshown as “The combined weight of occupantsand cargo” on the Tire and Loading Informa-tion label. Do not exceed the number ofoccupants shown as “Seating Capacity” on theTire and Loading Information label.

To get “the combined weight of occupantsand cargo”, add the weight of all occupants,then add the total luggage weight to the value.Examples are shown in the illustration.

Steps for determining correctload limit(1) Locate the statement “The combined

weight of occupants and cargo shouldnever exceed XXX kilograms or XXXpounds” on your vehicle’s Placard.

(2) Determine the combined weight of thedriver and passengers that will be riding inyour vehicle.

(3) Subtract the combined weight of the driverand passengers from XXX kilograms orXXX pounds.

(4) The resulting figure equals the availableamount of cargo and luggage load capac-ity. For example, if the “XXX” amountequals 1,400 lbs. and there will be five 150lb. passengers in your vehicle, the amountof available cargo and luggage load capac-ity is 650 lbs. [1,400 − 750 (5 x 150) =650 lbs.]

SIT0123


9-16

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

(5) Determine the combined weight of luggageand cargo being loaded on the vehicle. Forsafety, that weight must not exceed theavailable cargo and luggage load capacitycalculated in Step 4.

(6) If your vehicle will be towing a trailer, loadfrom your trailer will be transferred to yourvehicle. Consult this manual to determinehow this reduces the available cargo andluggage load capacity of your vehicle.

LOADING TIPSO The GVW must not exceed GVWR or

GAWR as specified on the F .M.V.S.S.certification label.

O Do not load the front and rear axle to theGAWR. Doing so will exceed the GVWR.

WARNING

O Properly secure all cargo to helpprevent it from sliding or shifting.Do not place cargo higher than theseatbacks. In a sudden stop or col-lision, unsecured cargo couldcause personal injury.

O Do not load your vehicle anyheavier than the GVWR or themaximum front and rear GAWRs.If you do, parts on your vehiclecan break, or it can change theway your vehicle handles. Thiscould result in loss of control andcause personal injury.

O Overloading not only couldshorten the life of your vehicleand the tires, but also could lead

to hazardous vehicle handlingand long braking distance. Thismay cause a premature tire mal-function, which could result in aserious accident and personal in-jury. Failures caused by over-loading are not covered by yourwarranty.

TOWING A TRAILER

Your new vehicle was designed to be used

ITI001


9-17

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

primarily to carry passengers and cargo.Remember that towing a trailer will placeadditional loads on your vehicle’s engine,drive train, steering, braking and other sys-tems.

An INFINITI Trailer Towing Guide (USonly) is available from an INFINITI dealer.This guide includes information on trailertowing ability and the special equipmentrequired for proper towing.

MAXIMUM LOAD LIMITS

Maximum trailer loadsNever allow the total trailer load to exceed thevalue specified in the TowingLoad/Specification Chart found later in thissection. The total trailer load equals trailerweight plus its cargo weight.

Towing loads greater than specified or usingimproper towing equipment could adverselyaffect vehicle handling, braking and perfor-mance. The ability of your vehicle to tow a

trailer is not only related to the maximumtrailer loads, but also the places you plan totow. Tow weights appropriate for level high-way driving may have to be reduced on verysteep grades or in low traction situations (forexample, on slippery boat ramps).

CAUTION

Vehicle damage resulting from im-proper towing procedures are notcovered by INFINITI warranties. AnINFINITI Trailer Towing Guide (U.S.only) containing information ontrailer towing ability and the specialequipment required may be obtainedfrom an INFINITI dealer.

Tongue loadKeep the tongue load between 9 and 11% ofthe total trailer load within the maximumtongue load limits shown in the following

Towing Load/Specification Chart. If thetongue load becomes excessive, rearrangecargo to allow for proper tongue load.

Maximum gross vehicleweight/maximum gross axleweightThe gross vehicle weight of the towing vehiclemust not exceed the gross vehicle weightrating (GVWR) shown on the F .M.V.S.S.certification label. The gross vehicle weightequals the combined weight of the unloadedvehicle, passengers, luggage, hitch, trailer

ITI002


9-18

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

tongue load and any other optional equip-ment. In addition, front or rear gross axleweight must not exceed GAWR shown on theF .M.V.S.S. certification label.

TOWINGLOAD/SPECIFICATION

TOWING LOAD/SPECIFICATION CHARTUnit: lb (kg)

MAXIMUMTOWING LOAD

1,000 (454)

MAXIMUMTONGUE LOAD

110 (49)

TOWING SAFETY

Trailer hitch

Choose a proper hitch for your vehicle andtrailer. A genuine INFINITI trailer hitch isavailable from your INFINITI dealer (US only).Make sure the trailer hitch is securely attachedto the vehicle, to help avoid personal injury orproperty damage due to sway caused by

crosswinds, rough road surfaces or passingtrucks.

CAUTION

O Do not use axle-mounted hitches.

O The hitch should not be attachedto or affect the operation of theimpact-absorbing bumper.

O Do not modify the vehicle exhaustsystem, brake system, etc. to in-stall a trailer hitch.

O To reduce the possibility of addi-tional damage if your vehicle isstruck from the rear, where prac-tical, remove the hitch and/or re-ceiver when not in use.

O After the hitch is removed, sealthe bolt holes to prevent exhaustfumes, water or dust from enter-

ing the passenger compartment.

O Regularly check that all hitchmounting bolts are securelymounted.

Tire pressures

O When towing a trailer, inflate the vehicletires to the recommended cold tire pres-sure indicated on the Tire and LoadingInformation label (located on the driverside center pillar).

O Trailer tire condition, size, load rating andproper inflation pressure should be inaccordance with the trailer and tire manu-facturers’ specifications.

Safety chains

Always use suitable chains between yourvehicle and the trailer. The safety chainsshould be crossed and should be attached to


9-19

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

the hitch, not to the vehicle bumper or axle. Besure to leave enough slack in the chains topermit turning corners.

Trailer lightsTrailer lights should comply with federaland/or local regulations. When wiring thevehicle for towing, connect the stop and taillight pickup into the vehicle electrical circuit.

Trailer brakesIf your trailer is equipped with a brakingsystem, make sure it conforms to federaland/or local regulations and that it is properlyinstalled.

WARNING

Never connect a trailer brake systemdirectly to the vehicle brake system.

Pre-towing tips

O Be certain your vehicle maintains a levelposition when a loaded and/or unloadedtrailer is hitched. Do not drive the vehicleif it has an abnormal nose-up or nose-down condition; check for impropertongue load, overload, worn suspension orother possible causes of either condition.

O Always secure items in the trailer toprevent load shifts while driving.

O Be certain your rear view mirrors conformto all federal, state or local regulations. Ifnot, install any mirrors required for towingbefore driving the vehicle.

Trailer towing tips

In order to gain skill and an understanding ofthe vehicle’s behavior, you should practiceturning, stopping and backing up in an areawhich is free from traffic. Steering stability,and braking performance will be somewhat

different than under normal driving condi-tions.

O Always secure items in the trailer toprevent load shift while driving.

O Avoid abrupt starts, acceleration or stops.

O Avoid sharp turns or lane changes.

O Always drive your vehicle at a moderatespeed.

O Always block the wheels on both vehicleand trailer when parking. Parking on aslope is not recommended; however, ifyou must do so, and if your vehicle isequipped with automatic transmission,first apply the parking brake and block thewheels, and then move the transmissionselector lever into the P (Park) position. Ifyou move the selector lever to the P (Park)position before applying the parking brakeand blocking the wheels, transmissiondamage could occur.


9-20

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

O When going down a hill, shift into a lowergear and use the engine braking effect.When going up a long grade, downshiftthe transmission to a lower gear andreduce speed to reduce chances of engineoverloading and/or overheating.However, for long steep grades, do notstay in 1st or 2nd gear when driving above35 MPH (56 km/h).

O If the engine coolant rises to an extremelyhigh temperature when the air conditioningsystem is on, turn off the air conditioner.Coolant heat can be additionally vented byopening the windows, switching the fancontrol to high and setting the temperaturecontrol to the HOT position.

O Trailer towing requires more fuel thannormal circumstances.

O Avoid towing a trailer for the first 500miles (800 km).

O Have your vehicle serviced more often than

at intervals specified in the recommendedmaintenance schedule in the INFINITI Ser-vice and Maintenance guide.

O When making a turn, your trailer wheelswill be closer to the inside of the turn thanyour vehicle wheels. To compensate forthis, make a larger than normal turningradius during the turn.

O Crosswinds and rough roads will ad-versely affect vehicle/trailer handling, pos-sibly causing vehicle sway. When beingpassed by larger vehicles, be prepared forpossible changes in crosswinds that couldaffect vehicle handling. If swaying doesoccur, firmly grip the steering wheel, steerstraight ahead, and immediately (butgradually) reduce vehicle speed. Thiscombination will help stabilize the vehicle.Never increase speed.

O Be careful when passing other vehicles.Passing while towing a trailer requires

considerably more distance than normalpassing. Remember the length of the trailermust also pass the other vehicle beforeyou can safely change lanes.

O To maintain engine braking efficiency andelectrical charging performance, do notuse sixth gear (manual transmission) orfifth position (automatic transmission).

O Avoid holding the brake pedal down toolong or too frequently. This could causethe brakes to overheat, resulting in re-duced braking efficiency.

When towing a trailer, transmissionoil/fluid should be changed more fre-quently.For additional information, see the “8.Maintenance and do-it-yourself” sec-tion earlier in this manual.

FLAT TOWINGTowing your vehicle with all four wheels onthe ground is sometimes called flat towing.


9-21

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

This method is sometimes used when towinga vehicle behind a recreational vehicle, suchas a motor home.

CAUTION

O Failure to follow these guidelinescan result in severe transmissiondamage.

O Whenever flat towing your ve-hicle, always tow forward, neverbackward.

O DO NOT tow any automatic trans-mission vehicle with all fourwheels on the ground (flat tow-ing). Doing so WILL DAMAGE in-ternal transmission parts due tolack of transmission lubrication.

O For emergency towing proce-dures, see “Towing Recom-

mended by INFINITI” in the “6. Incase of emergency” section ofthis manual.

Automatic transmission

To tow a vehicle equipped with an automatictransmission, an appropriate vehicle dollyMUST be placed under the towed vehicle’sdrive wheels. Always follow the dolly manu-facturer’s recommendations when using theirproduct.

UNIFORM TIRE QUALITYGRADINGDOT (Department Of Transportation) QualityGrades: All passenger car tires must conformto federal safety requirements in addition tothese grades.

Quality grades can be found where applicableon the tire sidewall between tread shoulderand maximum section width. For example:

Treadwear 200 Traction AA Temperature A

Treadwear

Treadwear grade is a comparative ratingbased on tire wear rate when tested undercontrolled conditions on specified governmenttest courses. For example, a tire graded 150would wear one and a half (1-1/2) times aswell on the government course as a tiregraded 100. However, relative tire perfor-mance depends on actual driving conditions,and may vary significantly from the norm dueto variations in driving habits, service prac-tices and differences in road characteristicsand climate.

Traction AA, A, B and C

The traction grades, from highest to lowest,are AA, A, B, and C. Those grades representthe tire’s ability to stop on wet pavement asmeasured under controlled conditions onspecified government test surfaces of asphalt


9-22

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

and concrete. A tire marked C may have poortraction performance.

WARNING

The traction grade assigned to yourvehicle tires is based on straight-ahead braking traction tests, anddoes not include acceleration, cor-nering, hydroplaning, or peak trac-tion characteristics.

Temperature A, B and CTemperature grades are A (the highest), B,and C. They represent a tire’s resistance toheat build-up, and its ability to dissipate heatwhen tested under controlled conditions on aspecified indoor laboratory test wheel. Sus-tained high temperature can cause tire mate-rial to degenerate, reducing tire life. Excessivetemperatures can lead to sudden tire failure.Grade C corresponds to a performance level

which all passenger car tires must meet underthe Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No.109. Grades A and B represent higher levels ofperformance on laboratory test wheels thanthe minimum required by law.

WARNING

The temperature grade for this tire isestablished for a tire that is properlyinflated and not overloaded. Exces-sive speed, underinflation, or exces-sive loading, either separately or incombination, can cause heat buildupand possible tire failure.

EMISSION CONTROL SYS-TEM WARRANTYYour INFINITI is covered by the followingemission warranties.

For US:

O Emission Defects Warranty

O Emissions Performance Warranty(See Warranty Information Booklet for de-tails.)

For Canada:

Emission Control System Warranty

Details of these warranties may be found withother vehicle warranties in your WarrantyInformation Booklet (Warranty and RoadsideAssistance Information (Canada only)) thatcomes with your INFINITI. If you did notreceive a Warranty Information Booklet (War-ranty and Roadside Assistance Information(Canada only)), or it has become lost, youmay obtain a replacement by writing to:

O INFINITI DivisionNissan North America, Inc.Consumer Affairs Department


9-23

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

P .O. Box 47038, Gardena, CA 90247-6838

O Nissan Canada Inc.5290 Orbitor DriveMississauga, Ontario, L4W 4Z5

O INFINITI DivisionNissan Motor Corporation in Hawaii, Ltd.Consumer Affairs Department2880 Kilihau StreetHonolulu, Hawaii 96819

REPORTING SAFETY DE-FECTS (US only)If you believe that your vehicle has adefect which could cause a crash or couldcause injury or death, you should imme-diately inform the National Highway Traf-fic Safety Administration (NHTSA) in ad-dition to notifying INFINITI.

If NHTSA receives similar complaints, itmay open an investigation, and if it finds

that a safety defect exists in a group ofvehicles, it may order a recall and remedycampaign. However, NHTSA cannot be-come involved in individual problemsbetween you, your dealer, or INFINITI.

To contact NHTSA, you may call theAuto Safety Hotline toll-free at 1-888-327-4236. If you reside in Hawaii, pleasecall 808-836-0888. You may also writeto: NHTSA, U.S. Department of Trans-portation, Washington, D.C. 20590. Youcan also obtain other information aboutmotor vehicle safety from the Hotline.You may notify INFINITI by contactingour Consumer Affairs Department, toll-free, at 1-800-662-6200.In Hawaii call 808-836-0848.

READINESS FORINSPECTION/MAINTENANCE (I/M) TEST(US only)Due to legal requirements in some states, yourvehicle may be required to be in what is calledthe ready condition for anInspection/Maintenance (I/M) test of the emis-sion control system.

The vehicle is set to the ready condition whenit is driven through certain driving patterns.Usually, the ready condition can be obtainedby ordinary usage of the vehicle.

If a powertrain system component is repairedor the battery is disconnected, the vehicle maybe reset to a not ready condition. Before takingthe I/M test, drive the vehicle through thefollowing pattern to set the vehicle to the readycondition. If you cannot or do not want toperform the driving pattern, an INFINITI dealercan conduct it for you.


9-24

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

WARNING

Always drive the vehicle in a safe andprudent manner according to trafficconditions, and obey all traffic laws.

1. Start the engine. Allow the engine to idleuntil the engine coolant temperature gaugeneedle points between the C and H (nor-mal operating temperature).

2. Accelerate the vehicle to 55 MPH (88km/h), then quickly release the acceleratorpedal completely and keep it released forat least 6 seconds.

3. Quickly depress the accelerator pedal for amoment, then drive the vehicle at a speedof 53 to 60 MPH (86 to 96 km/h) for atleast 5 minutes.

4. Stop the vehicle. Leave the engine run-ning.

5. Accelerate the vehicle to 35 MPH (55km/h) and maintain the speed for 20seconds.

6. Repeat steps 4 and 5 at least three times.

7. Accelerate the vehicle to 55 MPH (88km/h) and maintain the speed for at least 3minutes.

8. Stop the vehicle. Place the transmissiongear (selector lever in the “P” or “N”position).

9. Turn the engine off.

10.Repeat steps 1 through 8 at least one moretime.

If step 1 through 7 is interrupted, repeat thepreceding step. Any safe driving mode isacceptable between steps. Do not stop theengine until step 7 is completed.

OWNER’S MANUAL/SERVICEMANUAL ORDER INFORMA-TIONA genuine INFINITI Service Manual is the bestsource of service and repair information foryour vehicle. Filled with wiring diagrams,illustrations and step-by-step diagnostic andadjustment procedures, this manual is thesame one used by the factory trained techni-cians working at INFINITI dealerships. Alsoavailable are genuine INFINITI Owner’s Manu-als, and genuine INFINITI Service and Owner’sManuals for older INFINITI models.

In the USA:

For current pricing and availability of genuineINFINITI Service Manuals for the 2000model year and later, contact:

Tweddle Litho Company1-800-639-8841www.nissan-techinfo.com


9-25

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

For current pricing and availability of genuineINFINITI Service Manuals for the 1999model year and prior, see an INFINITI dealer,or contact:

DDS Distribution Services, Ltd.20770 Westwood RoadStrongsville, OH 441361-800-247-5321

For current pricing and availability of genuineINFINITI Owner’s Manuals for the 2002model year and prior, see an INFINITI dealer,or contact:

DDS Distribution Services, Ltd.20770 Westwood RoadStrongsville, OH 441361-800-247-5321

In Canada:

To purchase a copy of a genuine INFINITIService Manual or Owner’s Manual pleasecontact your nearest INFINITI dealer. For thephone number and location of an INFINITI

dealer in your area call the INFINITI Satisfac-tion Center at 1-800-361-4792 and a bilingualINFINITI representative will assist you.

Also available are genuine INFINITI Serviceand Owner’s Manuals for older INFINITI mod-els.

IN THE EVENT OF A COLLISIONUnfortunately, accidents do occur. In thisunlikely event, there is some important infor-mation you should know. Many insurancecompanies routinely authorize the use ofnon-genuine collision parts in order to cutcosts, among other reasons.

Insist on the use of Genuine In-finiti Collision Parts!If you want your vehicle to be restored usingparts made to INFINITI’s original exactingspecifications — if you want to help it to lastand hold its resale value, the solution issimple. Tell your insurance agent andyour repair shop to only use Genuine

Infiniti Collision Parts. INFINITI does notwarrant non-Infiniti parts, nor does Infiniti’swarranty apply to damage caused by a non-genuine parts.

Using Genuine Infiniti Parts can help protectyour personal safety, preserve your warrantyprotection and maintain the resale value ofyour vehicle. And if your vehicle was leased,using Genuine Infiniti Parts may prevent orlimit unnecessary excess wear and tear ex-penses at the end of your lease.

INFINITI designs its hoods with crumplezones to minimize the risk that the hood willpenetrate the windshield of your vehicle in anaccident. Non-genuine (imitation) parts maynot provide such built in safeguards. Also,non-genuine parts often show prematurewear, rust and corrosion.

Why should you take a chance?In over 40 states, the law says you must beadvised if non-genuine parts are used to


9-26

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

repair your vehicle. And somestates/provinces have enacted laws that re-strict insurance companies from authorizingthe use of non-genuine collision parts duringthe new vehicle warranty. These laws helpprotect you, so you can take action to protectyourself.

It’s your right!


9-27

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

10 Index

A

ABS (Anti-lock brake system) .................................... 5-18Air bag system, Side (See supplemental side-impact airbag system) ................................................................ 1-16Air bag warning labels ............................................... 1-20Air bag warning light........................................ 1-20, 2-10Air cleaner housing filter ............................................ 8-20Air conditioner

Air conditioner operation ....................................... 4-3Air conditioner service ................................... 4-3, 4-6Air conditioner specification label ....................... 9-12Air conditioning system refrigerant and lubricantrecommendations ........................................... 4-6, 9-7Heater and air conditioner (automatic).................. 4-3In-cabin microfilter................................................. 4-6

Alcohol, drugs and driving........................................... 5-4Anchor point locations

Top tether strap ................................................... 1-42Antenna ....................................................................... 4-28Anti-lock Brake System (ABS).................................... 5-18Anti-lock brake warning light ....................................... 2-8Appearance care

Exterior appearance care........................................ 7-2Interior appearance care......................................... 7-4

Armrest.......................................................................... 1-7Ashtray (See cigarette lighter and ashtray) ................ 2-25Audible reminders....................................................... 2-13Audio operation precautions......................................... 4-8Audio system ................................................................ 4-7

Steering wheel audio controls ............................. 4-27Autochanger, Compact Disc (CD).................... 4-17, 4-25Automatic

Anti-glare inside mirror ....................................... 3-16Automatic transmission fluid (ATF)..................... 8-14Drive positioner.................................................... 3-19Driving with automatic transmission ............. 5-5, 5-8Seat positioner, seat ............................................ 3-19Transmission selector lever lock release ............ 5-11

Avoiding collision and rollover .................................... 5-4

B

Before starting the engine ............................................ 5-7Battery ......................................................................... 8-17

Battery saver system ............................................ 2-19Battery replacement

Intelligent Key system............................................ 3-9Remote keyless entry system................................. 3-9

Belts (See drive belts) ................................................ 8-19

BrakeAnti-lock brake system (ABS).............................. 5-18Brake booster ....................................................... 8-23Brake fluid............................................................ 8-16Brake pedal .......................................................... 8-22Brake pedal check................................................ 8-22Brake system........................................................ 5-17Parking brake check................................... 5-12, 8-22Parking brake operation....................................... 5-12Warning light ......................................................... 2-8

Break-in schedule ....................................................... 5-14Brightness control, Instrument panel ......................... 2-19Bulb check/instrument panel ........................................ 2-7Bulb replacement ........................................................ 8-27

C

Cabin air filter............................................................... 4-6Capacities and recommended fuel/lubricants............... 9-2Car phone or CB radio............................................... 4-30Cargo (See vehicle loading information) ................... 2-28Cargo net .................................................................... 2-28Cassette player (See audio system) ................. 4-16, 4-24Catalytic converter, Three way catalyst ........................ 5-3CD care and cleaning................................................. 4-27

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

Child restraints ........................................................... 1-32Installation on front passenger seat .................... 1-42Installation on rear seat center or outboardpositions............................................................... 1-34Precautions on child restraints............................ 1-32Top tether strap anchor point locations.............. 1-42With top tether strap............................................ 1-41

Child safety ................................................................. 1-26Child safety rear door lock........................................... 3-4Chimes

Audible reminders................................................ 2-13Seat belt warning light and chime ...................... 2-10

Cigarette lighter and ashtray ...................................... 2-25Circuit breaker, Fusible link....................................... 8-24Cleaning exterior and interior............................... 7-2, 7-4Clock ........................................................................... 2-34Cold weather driving .................................................. 5-22Compact Disc (CD) autochanger................................ 4-29Compact Disc (CD) changer operation ...................... 4-17Console box................................................................ 2-28Controls

Heater and air conditioner controls (automatic).... 4-3Steering wheel audio controls ............................. 4-27

CoolantCapacities and recommended fuel/ lubricants ...... 9-2

Changing engine coolant..................................... 8-10Checking engine coolant level............................... 8-9

Cornering light............................................................ 2-21Corrosion protection ..................................................... 7-6Cruise control ............................................................. 5-13Cup holder .................................................................. 2-26CVT, Transmission selector lever lock release ......... 5-11

D

Daytime running light system .................................... 2-20Defogger switch, Rear window and outside mirrordefogger switch........................................................... 2-17Dimensions and weights .............................................. 9-9Door open warning light .............................................. 2-9Drive belts................................................................... 8-19Drive positioner, Automatic........................................ 3-19Driving

Cold weather driving............................................ 5-22Driving with automatic transmission ............. 5-5, 5-8Precautions when starting and driving.................. 5-2

E

Economy, Fuel ............................................................ 5-15

Electric sunroof ........................................................... 2-31Emission control information label ............................ 9-12Emission control system warranty.............................. 9-23Engine

Before starting the engine ..................................... 5-7Break-in schedule ................................................ 5-14Capacities and recommended fuel/lubricants........ 9-2Changing engine coolant..................................... 8-10Changing engine oil ............................................ 8-12Changing engine oil filter.................................... 8-14Checking engine coolant level............................... 8-9Checking engine oil level .................................... 8-11Coolant temperature gauge.................................... 2-5Engine block heater ............................................. 5-24Engine compartment check locations .................... 8-8Engine cooling system........................................... 8-9Engine oil ............................................................. 8-11Engine oil and oil filter recommendation.............. 9-5Engine oil viscosity................................................ 9-6Engine serial number........................................... 9-11Engine specifications ............................................. 9-8If your vehicle overheats...................................... 6-10Starting the engine................................................. 5-7

Exhaust gas (Carbon monoxide) .................................. 5-2

INDEX

10-2

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

F

F .M.V.S.S. certification label ..................................... 9-11Filter

Air cleaner housing filter ..................................... 8-20Changing engine oil filter.................................... 8-14

Flashers (See hazard warning flasher switch)............ 2-21Flat tire.......................................................................... 6-2Floor mat cleaning........................................................ 7-5Fluid

Automatic transmission fluid (ATF)..................... 8-14Brake fluid............................................................ 8-16Capacities and recommended fuel/lubricants........ 9-2Engine coolant ....................................................... 8-9Engine oil ............................................................. 8-11Power steering fluid............................................. 8-16Window washer fluid ........................................... 8-17

Folding rear seat........................................................... 1-4Fog light switch .......................................................... 2-21Front power seat adjustment ........................................ 1-3Fuel

Capacities and recommended fuel/lubricants........ 9-2filler cap ............................................................... 3-13filler lid................................................................. 3-13Fuel economy....................................................... 5-15

Fuel octane rating .................................................. 9-3Fuel recommendation............................................. 9-3Gauge ..................................................................... 2-5

Fuses........................................................................... 8-23Fusible links ............................................................... 8-24

G

Garage door opener, HomeLinkT UniversalTransceiver.................................................................. 2-39Gas cap ....................................................................... 3-13Gauge ............................................................................ 2-3

Engine coolant temperature gauge ........................ 2-5Fuel gauge ............................................................. 2-5Odometer ................................................................ 2-4Speedometer........................................................... 2-4Tachometer............................................................. 2-4Trip computer ...................................................... 2-35

General maintenance..................................................... 8-2Glove box.................................................................... 2-27Glove box lock............................................................ 2-27

H

Hazard warning flasher switch.................................... 2-21

Head restraints .............................................................. 1-5Headlights

Bulb replacement ................................................. 8-28Headlight switch................................................... 2-18Xenon headlights ................................................. 2-17

Heated seats................................................................ 2-22Heated steering wheel................................................. 2-23Heater

Engine coolant heater .......................................... 5-24Heater and air conditioner (automatic).................. 4-3

HomeLinkT Universal Transceiver ............................. 2-39Hood release ............................................................... 3-10Horn ............................................................................ 2-22

I

Ignition switch .............................................................. 5-5Automatic transmission models..................... 5-5, 5-8Key positions ......................................................... 5-6

Immobilizer system..................................................... 2-15In-cabin microfilter ....................................................... 4-6Indicator lights ............................................................ 2-11Infiniti Vehicle Immobilizer System

Engine start ............................................................ 5-6Inside automatic anti-glare mirror .............................. 3-16

INDEX

10-3

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

Inspection/maintenance (I/M) test .............................. 9-24Instrument brightness control..................................... 2-19Instrument panel ........................................................... 2-2Interior light ................................................................ 2-36Interior light replacement............................................ 8-30Interior trunk lid release ............................................. 3-12ISOFIX child restraint ................................................. 1-39

J

Journey time ............................................................... 2-36Jump starting ................................................................ 6-7

K

Keyless entry (See remote keyless entry system) ........ 3-5Keys .............................................................................. 3-2

L

Label, Air conditioner specification label ................... 9-12Label, Emission control information label ................. 9-12Label, F .M.V.S.S. certification label .......................... 9-11Labels

Air bag warning labels......................................... 1-20

Engine serial number........................................... 9-11Vehicle identification number (VIN) .................... 9-10

LATCH system............................................................ 1-39License plate, Installing front license plate................ 9-13Light

Air bag warning light........................................... 1-20Bulb replacement ................................................. 8-27Cornering light ..................................................... 2-21Fog light switch ................................................... 2-21Headlight switch................................................... 2-18Headlights Bulb replacement ............................... 8-28Interior light ......................................................... 2-36Personal light ....................................................... 2-37Replacement ......................................................... 8-27Trunk light ........................................................... 2-39Vanity mirror lights.............................................. 2-39Warning/indicator lights and audiblereminders ..................................................... 2-8, 2-11Xenon headlights ................................................. 2-17

Lights, Exterior and interior light replacement........... 8-30Loading information (See vehicle loadinginformation)................................................................. 9-14Lock

Door locks.............................................................. 3-3Glove box lock..................................................... 2-27

Power door lock..................................................... 3-3Trunk lid lock opener lever ................................. 3-11

Low fuel warning light.................................................. 2-9

M

MaintenanceBattery .................................................................. 8-17General maintenance.............................................. 8-2Inside the vehicle................................................... 8-3Maintenance precautions ....................................... 8-5Outside the vehicle ................................................ 8-3Seat belt maintenance.......................................... 1-32Under the hood and vehicle .................................. 8-4

Malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) .............................. 2-11Meters and gauges ....................................................... 2-3Meters and gauges, Instrument brightness control ... 2-19Mirror

Automatic anti-glare inside mirror....................... 3-16Outside mirror control ......................................... 3-18Outside mirrors .................................................... 3-18

N

Net, Cargo net ............................................................ 2-28

INDEX

10-4

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

New vehicle break-in .................................................. 5-14Nissan Vehicle Immobilizer System ........................... 2-13

O

Odometer....................................................................... 2-4Oil

Capacities and recommended fuel/lubricants........ 9-2Changing engine oil ............................................ 8-12Checking engine oil level .................................... 8-11Engine oil ............................................................. 8-11Engine oil viscosity................................................ 9-6

Outside mirror control ................................................ 3-18Outside mirrors ........................................................... 3-18Overheat, If your vehicle overheats ............................ 6-10Owner’s Manual/Service Manual order information ... 9-25

P

ParkingBrake check.......................................................... 8-22Parking brake check............................................. 5-12Parking brake operation....................................... 5-12Parking on hills ................................................... 5-12

Parking/parking on hills ............................................. 5-16

Personal light.............................................................. 2-37Phone, Car phone or CB radio .................................. 4-30Power

Front seat adjustment ............................................ 1-3Power door lock..................................................... 3-3Power outlet ......................................................... 2-24Power steering fluid............................................. 8-16Power steering system......................................... 5-17Power windows .................................................... 2-29

Pre-tensioner seat belt system ................................... 1-18Precautions

Audio operation...................................................... 4-8Braking precautions ............................................. 5-17Child restraints..................................................... 1-32Cruise control ...................................................... 5-13Maintenance ........................................................... 8-5Seat belt usage .................................................... 1-22Supplemental restraint system............................... 1-7When starting and driving ..................................... 5-2

Push starting................................................................. 6-9

R

Radio ............................................................................. 4-7Car phone or CB radio........................................ 4-30

FM-AM-SAT radio with cassette player and CompactDisc (CD) player/CD changer.............................. 4-12FM-AM-SAT radio with cassette player.............. 4-20Steering wheel audio controls ............................. 4-27

Readiness for inspection/maintenance (I/M) test(US only) .................................................................... 9-24Rear door lock, Child safety rear door lock ................ 3-4Rear power point ........................................................ 2-24Rear sun shade ........................................................... 2-33Rear window and outside mirror defogger switch ..... 2-17Registering your vehicle in another country .............. 9-10Remote keyless entry system ....................................... 3-5Reporting safety defects (US only)............................. 9-24Roadside assistance program....................................... 6-2Rollover ......................................................................... 5-4

S

SafetyChild seat belts.................................................... 1-26Reporting safety defects (US only)...................... 9-24Towing safety....................................................... 9-19

Satellite radio operation.................................... 4-13, 4-23Seat

Belt warning light................................................. 1-22

INDEX

10-5

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

Belt warning light and chime .............................. 2-10Seat adjustment, Front power seat adjustment ............ 1-3Seat belt(s)

Child safety .......................................................... 1-26Infants and small children ................................... 1-27Injured persons .................................................... 1-28Larger children..................................................... 1-27Pre-tensioner seat belt system ............................ 1-18Precautions on seat belt usage ........................... 1-22Pregnant women .................................................. 1-27Seat belt cleaning .................................................. 7-5Seat belt extenders............................................... 1-31Seat belt maintenance.......................................... 1-32Seat belts ............................................................. 1-22Shoulder belt height adjustment.......................... 1-31Three-point type with retractor ............................ 1-28

Seat(s)Driver-side memory ............................................. 3-19Heated seats......................................................... 2-22Seats....................................................................... 1-2

Secondary trunk lid release ........................................ 3-12Security system, Vehicle security system .................. 2-13Security systems (Infiniti Vehicle Immobilizer System),Engine start ................................................................. 2-15Security systems (See vehicle security system) ........ 2-13

Servicing air conditioner....................................... 4-3, 4-6Shift lock release ........................................................ 5-11Shift lock release, CVT............................................... 5-11Shifting

Automatic transmission.................................. 5-5, 5-8Shoulder belt height adjustment, For front seats ...... 1-31Side air bag system (See supplemental side-impact airbag system) ................................................................ 1-16Spark plugs................................................................. 8-19Speedometer ................................................................. 2-4Starting

Before starting the engine ..................................... 5-7Jump starting ......................................................... 6-7Precautions when starting and driving.................. 5-2Push starting.......................................................... 6-9Starting the engine................................................. 5-7

SteeringHeated steering wheel.......................................... 2-23Power steering fluid............................................. 8-16Power steering system......................................... 5-17Steering wheel switch for audio controls............ 4-27Tilting steering wheel........................................... 3-15

Sun shade ................................................................... 2-32Rear sun shade .................................................... 2-33

Sun visors................................................................... 3-16

Sunglasses holder ...................................................... 2-26Sunroof ....................................................................... 2-31

Electric sunroof .................................................... 2-31Supplemental air bag warning labels ......................... 1-20Supplemental air bag warning light ................. 1-20, 2-10Supplemental restraint system...................................... 1-7

Precautions on supplemental restraint system...... 1-7Supplemental side-impact air bag system ................. 1-16Switch

Audio control steering wheel switch ................... 4-27Fog light switch ................................................... 2-21Hazard warning flasher switch............................. 2-21Headlight switch................................................... 2-18Ignition switch........................................................ 5-5Ignition switch automatic transmissionmodels............................................................ 5-5, 5-8Power door lock switch ......................................... 3-4Rear window defogger switch.............................. 2-17Traction control system (TCS) off switch .......... 2-24Turn signal switch ............................................... 2-20Vehicle dynamic control (VDC) off switch ......... 2-24

T

Tachometer ................................................................... 2-4

INDEX

10-6

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

Temperature gauge, Engine coolant temperaturegauge ............................................................................ 2-5Theft (Infiniti Vehicle Immobilizer System), Enginestart ............................................................................. 2-15Three way catalyst ........................................................ 5-3Tilting steering wheel ................................................. 3-15Tire

Tire ......................................................................... 9-9Flat tire ................................................................... 6-2Tire and loading information label...................... 9-12Uniform tire quality grading ................................ 9-22

TiresSpare tire.............................................................. 8-44Tire chains ........................................................... 8-41Tire pressure ........................................................ 8-36Tire rotation.......................................................... 8-41Types of tires....................................................... 8-40Wheel/tire size........................................................ 9-9Wheels and tires .................................................. 8-36

Top tether strap child restraints................................. 1-41Towing

Flat towing ........................................................... 9-21Tow truck towing ................................................. 6-11Towing a trailer.................................................... 9-17Towing load/specification chart........................... 9-17

Towing safety....................................................... 9-19Traction control system (TCS) .................................. 5-19Traction control system (TCS) off switch ................. 2-24Trailer towing.............................................................. 9-17Transceiver, HomeLinkT Universal Transceiver ........ 2-39Transmission

Automatic transmission fluid (ATF)..................... 8-14Driving with automatic transmission ............. 5-5, 5-8Transmission selector lever lock release ............ 5-11

Transmitter (See remote keyless entry system) ........... 3-5Traveling or registering your vehicle in anothercountry ........................................................................ 9-10Trip computer ............................................................. 2-35Trunk

Access through rear seat ....................................... 1-4Interior trunk lid release ...................................... 3-12Lid lock opener lever........................................... 3-11Light ..................................................................... 2-39Secondary trunk lid release ................................. 3-12

Turn signal switch...................................................... 2-20

U

Underbody cleaning ...................................................... 7-3

Uniform tire quality grading ....................................... 9-22

V

Vanity mirror lights..................................................... 2-39Vehicle

Dimensions and weights........................................ 9-9Identification number (VIN).................................. 9-10Loading information............................................. 9-14Recovery (freeing a stuck vehicle)....................... 6-13Security system.................................................... 2-13Vehicle dynamic control (VDC) off switch ......... 2-24Vehicle dynamic control (VDC) system .............. 5-20

Ventilators ..................................................................... 4-2

W

Warning labels, Air bag warning labels..................... 1-20Warning light

Air bag warning light................................. 1-20, 2-10Anti-lock brake warning light ................................ 2-8Brake warning light................................................ 2-8Door open warning light........................................ 2-9Low fuel warning light........................................... 2-9Seat belt warning light and chime ...................... 2-10

INDEX

10-7

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

Warning lights .............................................................. 2-8Warning, Hazard warning flasher switch.................... 2-21Warning, Warning/indicator lights and audiblereminders ...................................................................... 2-7Warranty, Emission control system warranty............. 9-23Washer switch, Windshield wiper and washerswitch .......................................................................... 2-16Washing ........................................................................ 7-2Waxing .......................................................................... 7-3Weights (See dimensions and weights)....................... 9-9Wheel/tire size .............................................................. 9-9Wheels and tires ......................................................... 8-36

Cleaning aluminum alloy wheels........................... 7-4Window washer fluid .................................................. 8-17Window(s)

Cleaning ................................................................. 7-3Power windows .................................................... 2-29

Windshield wiper and washer switch......................... 2-16Wiper

Windshield wiper and washer switch .................. 2-16Wiper blades ........................................................ 8-20

X

Xenon headlights ........................................................ 2-17

INDEX

10-8

Z 03.7.9/CA33-D X

Documents

2004-Infiniti-I35